blob: 6c7ae0c785dcd9be3cafa1d19bce822601daf797 [file] [log] [blame]
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001:mod:`os` --- Miscellaneous operating system interfaces
2=======================================================
3
4.. module:: os
5 :synopsis: Miscellaneous operating system interfaces.
6
Terry Jan Reedyfa089b92016-06-11 15:02:54 -04007**Source code:** :source:`Lib/os.py`
8
9--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000010
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000011This module provides a portable way of using operating system dependent
12functionality. If you just want to read or write a file see :func:`open`, if
13you want to manipulate paths, see the :mod:`os.path` module, and if you want to
14read all the lines in all the files on the command line see the :mod:`fileinput`
15module. For creating temporary files and directories see the :mod:`tempfile`
16module, and for high-level file and directory handling see the :mod:`shutil`
17module.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000018
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000019Notes on the availability of these functions:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000020
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000021* The design of all built-in operating system dependent modules of Python is
22 such that as long as the same functionality is available, it uses the same
23 interface; for example, the function ``os.stat(path)`` returns stat
24 information about *path* in the same format (which happens to have originated
25 with the POSIX interface).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000026
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000027* Extensions peculiar to a particular operating system are also available
28 through the :mod:`os` module, but using them is of course a threat to
29 portability.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000030
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000031* All functions accepting path or file names accept both bytes and string
32 objects, and result in an object of the same type, if a path or file name is
33 returned.
Georg Brandl76e55382008-10-08 16:34:57 +000034
pxinwrf2d7ac72019-05-21 18:46:37 +080035* On VxWorks, os.fork, os.execv and os.spawn*p* are not supported.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +000036
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +000037.. note::
38
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +020039 All functions in this module raise :exc:`OSError` (or subclasses thereof) in
40 the case of invalid or inaccessible file names and paths, or other arguments
41 that have the correct type, but are not accepted by the operating system.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000042
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000043.. exception:: error
44
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000045 An alias for the built-in :exc:`OSError` exception.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000046
47
48.. data:: name
49
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000050 The name of the operating system dependent module imported. The following
Ned Deily5c867012014-06-26 23:40:06 -070051 names have currently been registered: ``'posix'``, ``'nt'``,
Larry Hastings10108a72016-09-05 15:11:23 -070052 ``'java'``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000053
Antoine Pitroua83cdaa2011-07-09 15:54:23 +020054 .. seealso::
55 :attr:`sys.platform` has a finer granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives
56 system-dependent version information.
57
58 The :mod:`platform` module provides detailed checks for the
59 system's identity.
60
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000061
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000062.. _os-filenames:
Victor Stinner6bfd8542014-06-19 12:50:27 +020063.. _filesystem-encoding:
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000064
65File Names, Command Line Arguments, and Environment Variables
66-------------------------------------------------------------
67
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000068In Python, file names, command line arguments, and environment variables are
69represented using the string type. On some systems, decoding these strings to
70and from bytes is necessary before passing them to the operating system. Python
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010071uses the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` to perform this
72conversion (see :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`).
73
74The :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` are configured at Python
75startup by the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read` function: see
76:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_encoding` and
77:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_errors` members of :c:type:`PyConfig`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000078
79.. versionchanged:: 3.1
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000080 On some systems, conversion using the file system encoding may fail. In this
Victor Stinnerf6a271a2014-08-01 12:28:48 +020081 case, Python uses the :ref:`surrogateescape encoding error handler
82 <surrogateescape>`, which means that undecodable bytes are replaced by a
83 Unicode character U+DCxx on decoding, and these are again translated to the
84 original byte on encoding.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000085
86
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010087The :term:`file system encoding <filesystem encoding and error handler>` must
88guarantee to successfully decode all bytes below 128. If the file system
89encoding fails to provide this guarantee, API functions can raise
90:exc:`UnicodeError`.
91
92See also the :term:`locale encoding`.
93
94
95.. _utf8-mode:
96
97Python UTF-8 Mode
98-----------------
99
100.. versionadded:: 3.7
101 See :pep:`540` for more details.
102
103The Python UTF-8 Mode ignores the :term:`locale encoding` and forces the usage
104of the UTF-8 encoding:
105
106* Use UTF-8 as the :term:`filesystem encoding <filesystem encoding and error
107 handler>`.
108* :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'``.
109* :func:`locale.getpreferredencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'`` (the *do_setlocale*
110 argument has no effect).
111* :data:`sys.stdin`, :data:`sys.stdout`, and :data:`sys.stderr` all use
112 UTF-8 as their text encoding, with the ``surrogateescape``
113 :ref:`error handler <error-handlers>` being enabled for :data:`sys.stdin`
114 and :data:`sys.stdout` (:data:`sys.stderr` continues to use
115 ``backslashreplace`` as it does in the default locale-aware mode)
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100116* On Unix, :func:`os.device_encoding` returns ``'UTF-8'``. rather than the
117 device encoding.
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100118
119Note that the standard stream settings in UTF-8 mode can be overridden by
120:envvar:`PYTHONIOENCODING` (just as they can be in the default locale-aware
121mode).
122
123As a consequence of the changes in those lower level APIs, other higher
124level APIs also exhibit different default behaviours:
125
126* Command line arguments, environment variables and filenames are decoded
127 to text using the UTF-8 encoding.
128* :func:`os.fsdecode()` and :func:`os.fsencode()` use the UTF-8 encoding.
129* :func:`open()`, :func:`io.open()`, and :func:`codecs.open()` use the UTF-8
130 encoding by default. However, they still use the strict error handler by
131 default so that attempting to open a binary file in text mode is likely
132 to raise an exception rather than producing nonsense data.
133
134The :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled if the LC_CTYPE locale is
135``C`` or ``POSIX`` at Python startup (see the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read`
136function).
137
138It can be enabled or disabled using the :option:`-X utf8 <-X>` command line
139option and the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable.
140
141If the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable is not set at all, then the
142interpreter defaults to using the current locale settings, *unless* the current
143locale is identified as a legacy ASCII-based locale (as described for
144:envvar:`PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE`), and locale coercion is either disabled or
145fails. In such legacy locales, the interpreter will default to enabling UTF-8
146mode unless explicitly instructed not to do so.
147
148The Python UTF-8 Mode can only be enabled at the Python startup. Its value
149can be read from :data:`sys.flags.utf8_mode <sys.flags>`.
150
151See also the :ref:`UTF-8 mode on Windows <win-utf8-mode>`
152and the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000153
154
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000155.. _os-procinfo:
156
157Process Parameters
158------------------
159
160These functions and data items provide information and operate on the current
161process and user.
162
163
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200164.. function:: ctermid()
165
166 Return the filename corresponding to the controlling terminal of the process.
167
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400168 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200169
170
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000171.. data:: environ
172
Chris Jerdonek11f3f172012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700173 A :term:`mapping` object representing the string environment. For example,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000174 ``environ['HOME']`` is the pathname of your home directory (on some platforms),
175 and is equivalent to ``getenv("HOME")`` in C.
176
177 This mapping is captured the first time the :mod:`os` module is imported,
178 typically during Python startup as part of processing :file:`site.py`. Changes
179 to the environment made after this time are not reflected in ``os.environ``,
180 except for changes made by modifying ``os.environ`` directly.
181
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100182 This mapping may be used to modify the environment as well as query the
183 environment. :func:`putenv` will be called automatically when the mapping
184 is modified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000185
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000186 On Unix, keys and values use :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` and
187 ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :data:`environb` if you would like
188 to use a different encoding.
189
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000190 .. note::
191
192 Calling :func:`putenv` directly does not change ``os.environ``, so it's better
193 to modify ``os.environ``.
194
195 .. note::
196
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000197 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may
198 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000199 :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000200
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100201 You can delete items in this mapping to unset environment variables.
202 :func:`unsetenv` will be called automatically when an item is deleted from
203 ``os.environ``, and when one of the :meth:`pop` or :meth:`clear` methods is
204 called.
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000205
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700206 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
207 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
208
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000209
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000210.. data:: environb
211
Chris Jerdonek11f3f172012-11-03 12:05:55 -0700212 Bytes version of :data:`environ`: a :term:`mapping` object representing the
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000213 environment as byte strings. :data:`environ` and :data:`environb` are
214 synchronized (modify :data:`environb` updates :data:`environ`, and vice
215 versa).
216
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000217 :data:`environb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ` is
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200218 ``True``.
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000219
Benjamin Peterson662c74f2010-05-06 22:09:03 +0000220 .. versionadded:: 3.2
221
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700222 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
223 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
224
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000225
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000226.. function:: chdir(path)
227 fchdir(fd)
228 getcwd()
229 :noindex:
230
231 These functions are described in :ref:`os-file-dir`.
232
233
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000234.. function:: fsencode(filename)
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000235
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100236 Encode :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* to the
237 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`bytes`
238 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000239
Antoine Pitroua305ca72010-09-25 22:12:00 +0000240 :func:`fsdecode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000241
242 .. versionadded:: 3.2
243
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700244 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700245 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
246 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700247
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000248
249.. function:: fsdecode(filename)
250
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -0700251 Decode the :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* from the
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100252 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`str`
253 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000254
255 :func:`fsencode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000256
257 .. versionadded:: 3.2
258
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700259 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700260 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
261 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700262
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000263
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700264.. function:: fspath(path)
265
Brett Cannon0fa1aa12016-06-09 14:37:06 -0700266 Return the file system representation of the path.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700267
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700268 If :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` is passed in, it is returned unchanged.
269 Otherwise :meth:`~os.PathLike.__fspath__` is called and its value is
270 returned as long as it is a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object.
271 In all other cases, :exc:`TypeError` is raised.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700272
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700273 .. versionadded:: 3.6
274
275
276.. class:: PathLike
277
278 An :term:`abstract base class` for objects representing a file system path,
279 e.g. :class:`pathlib.PurePath`.
280
Berker Peksagb18ffb42016-06-10 08:43:54 +0300281 .. versionadded:: 3.6
282
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700283 .. abstractmethod:: __fspath__()
284
285 Return the file system path representation of the object.
286
287 The method should only return a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object,
288 with the preference being for :class:`str`.
289
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700290
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200291.. function:: getenv(key, default=None)
292
293 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
294 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are str.
295
296 On Unix, keys and values are decoded with :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`
297 and ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :func:`os.getenvb` if you
298 would like to use a different encoding.
299
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400300 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200301
302
303.. function:: getenvb(key, default=None)
304
305 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
306 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are bytes.
307
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300308 :func:`getenvb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ`
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200309 is ``True``.
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300310
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400311 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200312
313 .. versionadded:: 3.2
314
315
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000316.. function:: get_exec_path(env=None)
317
318 Returns the list of directories that will be searched for a named
319 executable, similar to a shell, when launching a process.
320 *env*, when specified, should be an environment variable dictionary
321 to lookup the PATH in.
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +0300322 By default, when *env* is ``None``, :data:`environ` is used.
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000323
324 .. versionadded:: 3.2
325
326
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000327.. function:: getegid()
328
329 Return the effective group id of the current process. This corresponds to the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000330 "set id" bit on the file being executed in the current process.
331
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400332 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000333
334
335.. function:: geteuid()
336
337 .. index:: single: user; effective id
338
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000339 Return the current process's effective user id.
340
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400341 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000342
343
344.. function:: getgid()
345
346 .. index:: single: process; group
347
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000348 Return the real group id of the current process.
349
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400350 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000351
352
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200353.. function:: getgrouplist(user, group)
354
355 Return list of group ids that *user* belongs to. If *group* is not in the
356 list, it is included; typically, *group* is specified as the group ID
357 field from the password record for *user*.
358
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400359 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200360
361 .. versionadded:: 3.3
362
363
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000364.. function:: getgroups()
365
366 Return list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000367
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400368 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000369
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700370 .. note::
371
372 On Mac OS X, :func:`getgroups` behavior differs somewhat from
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700373 other Unix platforms. If the Python interpreter was built with a
374 deployment target of :const:`10.5` or earlier, :func:`getgroups` returns
375 the list of effective group ids associated with the current user process;
376 this list is limited to a system-defined number of entries, typically 16,
377 and may be modified by calls to :func:`setgroups` if suitably privileged.
378 If built with a deployment target greater than :const:`10.5`,
379 :func:`getgroups` returns the current group access list for the user
380 associated with the effective user id of the process; the group access
381 list may change over the lifetime of the process, it is not affected by
382 calls to :func:`setgroups`, and its length is not limited to 16. The
383 deployment target value, :const:`MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET`, can be
384 obtained with :func:`sysconfig.get_config_var`.
385
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000386
387.. function:: getlogin()
388
389 Return the name of the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the
Barry Warsawd4990312018-01-24 12:51:29 -0500390 process. For most purposes, it is more useful to use
391 :func:`getpass.getuser` since the latter checks the environment variables
392 :envvar:`LOGNAME` or :envvar:`USERNAME` to find out who the user is, and
393 falls back to ``pwd.getpwuid(os.getuid())[0]`` to get the login name of the
394 current real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000395
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400396 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000397
398
399.. function:: getpgid(pid)
400
401 Return the process group id of the process with process id *pid*. If *pid* is 0,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000402 the process group id of the current process is returned.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000403
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400404 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000405
406.. function:: getpgrp()
407
408 .. index:: single: process; group
409
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000410 Return the id of the current process group.
411
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400412 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000413
414
415.. function:: getpid()
416
417 .. index:: single: process; id
418
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000419 Return the current process id.
420
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000421
422.. function:: getppid()
423
424 .. index:: single: process; id of parent
425
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000426 Return the parent's process id. When the parent process has exited, on Unix
427 the id returned is the one of the init process (1), on Windows it is still
428 the same id, which may be already reused by another process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000429
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400430 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000431
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000432 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
433 Added support for Windows.
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000434
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200435
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000436.. function:: getpriority(which, who)
437
438 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
439
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200440 Get program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000441 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
442 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
443 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200444 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000445 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
446 or the real user ID of the calling process.
447
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400448 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000449
450 .. versionadded:: 3.3
451
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200452
453.. data:: PRIO_PROCESS
454 PRIO_PGRP
455 PRIO_USER
456
457 Parameters for the :func:`getpriority` and :func:`setpriority` functions.
458
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400459 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200460
461 .. versionadded:: 3.3
462
463
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000464.. function:: getresuid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000465
466 Return a tuple (ruid, euid, suid) denoting the current process's
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000467 real, effective, and saved user ids.
468
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400469 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000470
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000471 .. versionadded:: 3.2
472
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000473
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000474.. function:: getresgid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000475
476 Return a tuple (rgid, egid, sgid) denoting the current process's
Georg Brandla9b51d22010-09-05 17:07:12 +0000477 real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000478
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400479 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000480
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000481 .. versionadded:: 3.2
482
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000483
484.. function:: getuid()
485
486 .. index:: single: user; id
487
Benjamin Peterson4bb09c82014-06-07 13:50:34 -0700488 Return the current process's real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000489
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400490 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000491
492
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200493.. function:: initgroups(username, gid)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000494
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200495 Call the system initgroups() to initialize the group access list with all of
496 the groups of which the specified username is a member, plus the specified
497 group id.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000498
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400499 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000500
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200501 .. versionadded:: 3.2
502
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000503
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000504.. function:: putenv(key, value)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000505
506 .. index:: single: environment variables; setting
507
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000508 Set the environment variable named *key* to the string *value*. Such
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000509 changes to the environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000510 :func:`popen` or :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
511
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100512 Assignments to items in ``os.environ`` are automatically translated into
513 corresponding calls to :func:`putenv`; however, calls to :func:`putenv`
514 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to assign to items
515 of ``os.environ``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000516
517 .. note::
518
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000519 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and Mac OS X, setting ``environ`` may
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100520 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000521
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800522 .. audit-event:: os.putenv key,value os.putenv
523
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100524 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
525 The function is now always available.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000526
527
528.. function:: setegid(egid)
529
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000530 Set the current process's effective group id.
531
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400532 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000533
534
535.. function:: seteuid(euid)
536
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000537 Set the current process's effective user id.
538
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400539 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000540
541
542.. function:: setgid(gid)
543
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000544 Set the current process' group id.
545
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400546 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000547
548
549.. function:: setgroups(groups)
550
551 Set the list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process to
552 *groups*. *groups* must be a sequence, and each element must be an integer
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000553 identifying a group. This operation is typically available only to the superuser.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000554
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400555 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000556
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700557 .. note:: On Mac OS X, the length of *groups* may not exceed the
558 system-defined maximum number of effective group ids, typically 16.
559 See the documentation for :func:`getgroups` for cases where it may not
560 return the same group list set by calling setgroups().
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000561
562.. function:: setpgrp()
563
Andrew Svetlova2fe3342012-08-11 21:14:08 +0300564 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgrp` or ``setpgrp(0, 0)`` depending on
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000565 which version is implemented (if any). See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000566
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400567 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000568
569
570.. function:: setpgid(pid, pgrp)
571
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000572 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgid` to set the process group id of the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000573 process with id *pid* to the process group with id *pgrp*. See the Unix manual
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000574 for the semantics.
575
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400576 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000577
578
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000579.. function:: setpriority(which, who, priority)
580
581 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
582
583 Set program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
584 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
585 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
586 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
587 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
588 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
589 or the real user ID of the calling process.
590 *priority* is a value in the range -20 to 19. The default priority is 0;
591 lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling.
592
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400593 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000594
595 .. versionadded:: 3.3
596
597
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000598.. function:: setregid(rgid, egid)
599
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000600 Set the current process's real and effective group ids.
601
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400602 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000603
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000604
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000605.. function:: setresgid(rgid, egid, sgid)
606
607 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000608
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400609 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000610
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000611 .. versionadded:: 3.2
612
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000613
614.. function:: setresuid(ruid, euid, suid)
615
616 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved user ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000617
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400618 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000619
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000620 .. versionadded:: 3.2
621
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000622
623.. function:: setreuid(ruid, euid)
624
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000625 Set the current process's real and effective user ids.
626
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400627 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000628
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000629
630.. function:: getsid(pid)
631
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000632 Call the system call :c:func:`getsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000633
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400634 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000635
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000636
637.. function:: setsid()
638
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000639 Call the system call :c:func:`setsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000640
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400641 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000642
643
644.. function:: setuid(uid)
645
646 .. index:: single: user; id, setting
647
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000648 Set the current process's user id.
649
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400650 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000651
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000652
Christian Heimes5b5e81c2007-12-31 16:14:33 +0000653.. placed in this section since it relates to errno.... a little weak
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000654.. function:: strerror(code)
655
656 Return the error message corresponding to the error code in *code*.
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000657 On platforms where :c:func:`strerror` returns ``NULL`` when given an unknown
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000658 error number, :exc:`ValueError` is raised.
659
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000660
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000661.. data:: supports_bytes_environ
662
Serhiy Storchakafbc1c262013-11-29 12:17:13 +0200663 ``True`` if the native OS type of the environment is bytes (eg. ``False`` on
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000664 Windows).
665
Victor Stinner8fddc9e2010-05-18 17:24:09 +0000666 .. versionadded:: 3.2
667
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000668
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000669.. function:: umask(mask)
670
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000671 Set the current numeric umask and return the previous umask.
672
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000673
674.. function:: uname()
675
676 .. index::
677 single: gethostname() (in module socket)
678 single: gethostbyaddr() (in module socket)
679
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700680 Returns information identifying the current operating system.
681 The return value is an object with five attributes:
682
683 * :attr:`sysname` - operating system name
684 * :attr:`nodename` - name of machine on network (implementation-defined)
685 * :attr:`release` - operating system release
686 * :attr:`version` - operating system version
687 * :attr:`machine` - hardware identifier
688
689 For backwards compatibility, this object is also iterable, behaving
690 like a five-tuple containing :attr:`sysname`, :attr:`nodename`,
691 :attr:`release`, :attr:`version`, and :attr:`machine`
692 in that order.
693
694 Some systems truncate :attr:`nodename` to 8 characters or to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000695 leading component; a better way to get the hostname is
696 :func:`socket.gethostname` or even
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000697 ``socket.gethostbyaddr(socket.gethostname())``.
698
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400699 .. availability:: recent flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000700
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700701 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
702 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
703 with named attributes.
704
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000705
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000706.. function:: unsetenv(key)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000707
708 .. index:: single: environment variables; deleting
709
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000710 Unset (delete) the environment variable named *key*. Such changes to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000711 environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000712 :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000713
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100714 Deletion of items in ``os.environ`` is automatically translated into a
715 corresponding call to :func:`unsetenv`; however, calls to :func:`unsetenv`
716 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to delete items of
717 ``os.environ``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000718
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800719 .. audit-event:: os.unsetenv key os.unsetenv
720
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100721 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100722 The function is now always available and is also available on Windows.
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100723
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000724
725.. _os-newstreams:
726
727File Object Creation
728--------------------
729
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700730These functions create new :term:`file objects <file object>`. (See also
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200731:func:`~os.open` for opening file descriptors.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000732
733
Petri Lehtinen1a01ebc2012-05-24 21:44:07 +0300734.. function:: fdopen(fd, *args, **kwargs)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000735
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200736 Return an open file object connected to the file descriptor *fd*. This is an
737 alias of the :func:`open` built-in function and accepts the same arguments.
738 The only difference is that the first argument of :func:`fdopen` must always
739 be an integer.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000740
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000741
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000742.. _os-fd-ops:
743
744File Descriptor Operations
745--------------------------
746
747These functions operate on I/O streams referenced using file descriptors.
748
749File descriptors are small integers corresponding to a file that has been opened
750by the current process. For example, standard input is usually file descriptor
7510, standard output is 1, and standard error is 2. Further files opened by a
752process will then be assigned 3, 4, 5, and so forth. The name "file descriptor"
753is slightly deceptive; on Unix platforms, sockets and pipes are also referenced
754by file descriptors.
755
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300756The :meth:`~io.IOBase.fileno` method can be used to obtain the file descriptor
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000757associated with a :term:`file object` when required. Note that using the file
Benjamin Peterson08bf91c2010-04-11 16:12:57 +0000758descriptor directly will bypass the file object methods, ignoring aspects such
759as internal buffering of data.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000760
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000761
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000762.. function:: close(fd)
763
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000764 Close file descriptor *fd*.
765
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000766 .. note::
767
768 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000769 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To close a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000770 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300771 :func:`fdopen`, use its :meth:`~io.IOBase.close` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000772
773
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000774.. function:: closerange(fd_low, fd_high)
775
776 Close all file descriptors from *fd_low* (inclusive) to *fd_high* (exclusive),
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200777 ignoring errors. Equivalent to (but much faster than)::
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000778
Georg Brandlc9a5a0e2009-09-01 07:34:27 +0000779 for fd in range(fd_low, fd_high):
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000780 try:
781 os.close(fd)
782 except OSError:
783 pass
784
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000785
Pablo Galindoaac4d032019-05-31 19:39:47 +0100786.. function:: copy_file_range(src, dst, count, offset_src=None, offset_dst=None)
787
788 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *src*, starting from offset
789 *offset_src*, to file descriptor *dst*, starting from offset *offset_dst*.
790 If *offset_src* is None, then *src* is read from the current position;
791 respectively for *offset_dst*. The files pointed by *src* and *dst*
792 must reside in the same filesystem, otherwise an :exc:`OSError` is
793 raised with :attr:`~OSError.errno` set to :data:`errno.EXDEV`.
794
795 This copy is done without the additional cost of transferring data
796 from the kernel to user space and then back into the kernel. Additionally,
797 some filesystems could implement extra optimizations. The copy is done as if
798 both files are opened as binary.
799
800 The return value is the amount of bytes copied. This could be less than the
801 amount requested.
802
803 .. availability:: Linux kernel >= 4.5 or glibc >= 2.27.
804
805 .. versionadded:: 3.8
806
807
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000808.. function:: device_encoding(fd)
809
810 Return a string describing the encoding of the device associated with *fd*
811 if it is connected to a terminal; else return :const:`None`.
812
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100813 On Unix, if the :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled, return
814 ``'UTF-8'`` rather than the device encoding.
815
816 .. versionchanged:: 3.10
817 On Unix, the function now implements the Python UTF-8 Mode.
818
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000819
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000820.. function:: dup(fd)
821
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200822 Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. The new file descriptor is
823 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
824
825 On Windows, when duplicating a standard stream (0: stdin, 1: stdout,
826 2: stderr), the new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
827 <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000828
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200829 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
830 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000831
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200832
833.. function:: dup2(fd, fd2, inheritable=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000834
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800835 Duplicate file descriptor *fd* to *fd2*, closing the latter first if
836 necessary. Return *fd2*. The new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
837 <fd_inheritance>` by default or non-inheritable if *inheritable*
838 is ``False``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000839
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200840 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
841 Add the optional *inheritable* parameter.
842
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800843 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
844 Return *fd2* on success. Previously, ``None`` was always returned.
845
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000846
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000847.. function:: fchmod(fd, mode)
848
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200849 Change the mode of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *mode*. See the
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200850 docs for :func:`chmod` for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200851 is equivalent to ``os.chmod(fd, mode)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000852
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800853 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.fchmod
854
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400855 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000856
857
858.. function:: fchown(fd, uid, gid)
859
860 Change the owner and group id of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *uid*
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200861 and *gid*. To leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. See
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200862 :func:`chown`. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chown(fd, uid,
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200863 gid)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000864
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800865 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.fchown
866
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400867 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000868
869
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000870.. function:: fdatasync(fd)
871
872 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. Does not force update of
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000873 metadata.
874
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400875 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000876
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000877 .. note::
878 This function is not available on MacOS.
879
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000880
881.. function:: fpathconf(fd, name)
882
883 Return system configuration information relevant to an open file. *name*
884 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
885 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
886 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
887 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
888 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
889 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000890
891 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
892 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
893 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
894 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
895
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200896 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.pathconf(fd, name)``.
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200897
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400898 .. availability:: Unix.
Senthil Kumaran2a97cee2013-09-19 00:08:56 -0700899
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000900
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100901.. function:: fstat(fd)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000902
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200903 Get the status of the file descriptor *fd*. Return a :class:`stat_result`
904 object.
905
906 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(fd)``.
907
908 .. seealso::
909
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300910 The :func:`.stat` function.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000911
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200912
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000913.. function:: fstatvfs(fd)
914
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200915 Return information about the filesystem containing the file associated with
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200916 file descriptor *fd*, like :func:`statvfs`. As of Python 3.3, this is
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200917 equivalent to ``os.statvfs(fd)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000918
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400919 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000920
921
922.. function:: fsync(fd)
923
924 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. On Unix, this calls the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000925 native :c:func:`fsync` function; on Windows, the MS :c:func:`_commit` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000926
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000927 If you're starting with a buffered Python :term:`file object` *f*, first do
928 ``f.flush()``, and then do ``os.fsync(f.fileno())``, to ensure that all internal
929 buffers associated with *f* are written to disk.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000930
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400931 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000932
933
934.. function:: ftruncate(fd, length)
935
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200936 Truncate the file corresponding to file descriptor *fd*, so that it is at
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200937 most *length* bytes in size. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200938 ``os.truncate(fd, length)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000939
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -0700940 .. audit-event:: os.truncate fd,length os.ftruncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700941
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400942 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000943
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700944 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
945 Added support for Windows
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000946
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700947
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200948.. function:: get_blocking(fd)
949
950 Get the blocking mode of the file descriptor: ``False`` if the
951 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag is set, ``True`` if the flag is cleared.
952
953 See also :func:`set_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
954
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400955 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200956
957 .. versionadded:: 3.5
958
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700959
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000960.. function:: isatty(fd)
961
962 Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000963 tty(-like) device, else ``False``.
964
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000965
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200966.. function:: lockf(fd, cmd, len)
967
968 Apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file descriptor.
969 *fd* is an open file descriptor.
970 *cmd* specifies the command to use - one of :data:`F_LOCK`, :data:`F_TLOCK`,
971 :data:`F_ULOCK` or :data:`F_TEST`.
972 *len* specifies the section of the file to lock.
973
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800974 .. audit-event:: os.lockf fd,cmd,len os.lockf
975
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400976 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200977
978 .. versionadded:: 3.3
979
980
981.. data:: F_LOCK
982 F_TLOCK
983 F_ULOCK
984 F_TEST
985
986 Flags that specify what action :func:`lockf` will take.
987
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400988 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200989
990 .. versionadded:: 3.3
991
Georg Brandlf62445a2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200992
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000993.. function:: lseek(fd, pos, how)
994
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000995 Set the current position of file descriptor *fd* to position *pos*, modified
996 by *how*: :const:`SEEK_SET` or ``0`` to set the position relative to the
997 beginning of the file; :const:`SEEK_CUR` or ``1`` to set it relative to the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300998 current position; :const:`SEEK_END` or ``2`` to set it relative to the end of
Victor Stinnere83f8992011-12-17 23:15:09 +0100999 the file. Return the new cursor position in bytes, starting from the beginning.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001000
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001001
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001002.. data:: SEEK_SET
1003 SEEK_CUR
1004 SEEK_END
1005
1006 Parameters to the :func:`lseek` function. Their values are 0, 1, and 2,
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001007 respectively.
1008
Jesus Cea94363612012-06-22 18:32:07 +02001009 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1010 Some operating systems could support additional values, like
1011 :data:`os.SEEK_HOLE` or :data:`os.SEEK_DATA`.
1012
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001013
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001014.. function:: open(path, flags, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001015
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001016 Open the file *path* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001017 its mode according to *mode*. When computing *mode*, the current umask value
1018 is first masked out. Return the file descriptor for the newly opened file.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001019 The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001020
1021 For a description of the flag and mode values, see the C run-time documentation;
1022 flag constants (like :const:`O_RDONLY` and :const:`O_WRONLY`) are defined in
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001023 the :mod:`os` module. In particular, on Windows adding
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001024 :const:`O_BINARY` is needed to open files in binary mode.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001025
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001026 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001027 <dir_fd>` with the *dir_fd* parameter.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001028
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001029 .. audit-event:: open path,mode,flags os.open
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07001030
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001031 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1032 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
1033
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001034 .. note::
1035
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001036 This function is intended for low-level I/O. For normal usage, use the
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001037 built-in function :func:`open`, which returns a :term:`file object` with
Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven9c558bcf2010-07-13 14:47:01 +00001038 :meth:`~file.read` and :meth:`~file.write` methods (and many more). To
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001039 wrap a file descriptor in a file object, use :func:`fdopen`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001040
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001041 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001042 The *dir_fd* argument.
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001043
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001044 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001045 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001046 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1047 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1048
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001049 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1050 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1051
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001052The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the
1053:func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator
1054``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of
1055their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01001056or `the MSDN <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001057
1058
1059.. data:: O_RDONLY
1060 O_WRONLY
1061 O_RDWR
1062 O_APPEND
1063 O_CREAT
1064 O_EXCL
1065 O_TRUNC
1066
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001067 The above constants are available on Unix and Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001068
1069
1070.. data:: O_DSYNC
1071 O_RSYNC
1072 O_SYNC
1073 O_NDELAY
1074 O_NONBLOCK
1075 O_NOCTTY
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001076 O_CLOEXEC
1077
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001078 The above constants are only available on Unix.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001079
1080 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1081 Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant.
1082
1083.. data:: O_BINARY
1084 O_NOINHERIT
1085 O_SHORT_LIVED
1086 O_TEMPORARY
1087 O_RANDOM
1088 O_SEQUENTIAL
1089 O_TEXT
1090
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001091 The above constants are only available on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001092
1093
1094.. data:: O_ASYNC
1095 O_DIRECT
1096 O_DIRECTORY
1097 O_NOFOLLOW
1098 O_NOATIME
1099 O_PATH
Christian Heimes177b3f92013-08-16 14:35:09 +02001100 O_TMPFILE
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001101 O_SHLOCK
1102 O_EXLOCK
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001103
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001104 The above constants are extensions and not present if they are not defined by
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001105 the C library.
1106
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001107 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07001108 Add :data:`O_PATH` on systems that support it.
1109 Add :data:`O_TMPFILE`, only available on Linux Kernel 3.11
1110 or newer.
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001111
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001112
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001113.. function:: openpty()
1114
1115 .. index:: module: pty
1116
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001117 Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors
1118 ``(master, slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. The new file
1119 descriptors are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a (slightly) more
1120 portable approach, use the :mod:`pty` module.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001121
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001122 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001123
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001124 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1125 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1126
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001127
1128.. function:: pipe()
1129
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001130 Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for
Victor Stinner05f31bf2013-11-06 01:48:45 +01001131 reading and writing, respectively. The new file descriptor is
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001132 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001133
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001134 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001135
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001136 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1137 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1138
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001139
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001140.. function:: pipe2(flags)
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001141
1142 Create a pipe with *flags* set atomically.
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001143 *flags* can be constructed by ORing together one or more of these values:
1144 :data:`O_NONBLOCK`, :data:`O_CLOEXEC`.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001145 Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading and writing,
1146 respectively.
1147
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001148 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001149
1150 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1151
1152
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001153.. function:: posix_fallocate(fd, offset, len)
1154
1155 Ensures that enough disk space is allocated for the file specified by *fd*
1156 starting from *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1157
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001158 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001159
1160 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1161
1162
1163.. function:: posix_fadvise(fd, offset, len, advice)
1164
1165 Announces an intention to access data in a specific pattern thus allowing
1166 the kernel to make optimizations.
1167 The advice applies to the region of the file specified by *fd* starting at
1168 *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1169 *advice* is one of :data:`POSIX_FADV_NORMAL`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL`,
1170 :data:`POSIX_FADV_RANDOM`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE`,
1171 :data:`POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED` or :data:`POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED`.
1172
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001173 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001174
1175 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1176
1177
1178.. data:: POSIX_FADV_NORMAL
1179 POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL
1180 POSIX_FADV_RANDOM
1181 POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE
1182 POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED
1183 POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED
1184
1185 Flags that can be used in *advice* in :func:`posix_fadvise` that specify
1186 the access pattern that is likely to be used.
1187
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001188 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001189
1190 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1191
1192
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001193.. function:: pread(fd, n, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001194
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001195 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset*,
1196 leaving the file offset unchanged.
1197
1198 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1199 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001200
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001201 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001202
1203 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1204
1205
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001206.. function:: preadv(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1207
1208 Read from a file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset* into mutable
1209 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*, leaving the file
1210 offset unchanged. Transfer data into each buffer until it is full and then
1211 move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the rest of the data.
1212
1213 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
1214 flags:
1215
1216 - :data:`RWF_HIPRI`
1217 - :data:`RWF_NOWAIT`
1218
1219 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1220 total capacity of all the objects.
1221
1222 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1223 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1224
1225 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.readv` and :func:`os.pread`.
1226
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001227 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001228 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1229 Linux 4.6 or newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001230
1231 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1232
1233
1234.. data:: RWF_NOWAIT
1235
1236 Do not wait for data which is not immediately available. If this flag is
1237 specified, the system call will return instantly if it would have to read
1238 data from the backing storage or wait for a lock.
1239
1240 If some data was successfully read, it will return the number of bytes read.
1241 If no bytes were read, it will return ``-1`` and set errno to
1242 :data:`errno.EAGAIN`.
1243
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001244 .. availability:: Linux 4.14 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001245
1246 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1247
1248
1249.. data:: RWF_HIPRI
1250
1251 High priority read/write. Allows block-based filesystems to use polling
1252 of the device, which provides lower latency, but may use additional
1253 resources.
1254
1255 Currently, on Linux, this feature is usable only on a file descriptor opened
1256 using the :data:`O_DIRECT` flag.
1257
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001258 .. availability:: Linux 4.6 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001259
1260 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1261
1262
Jesus Cea67503c52014-10-20 16:18:24 +02001263.. function:: pwrite(fd, str, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001264
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001265 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd* at position of
1266 *offset*, leaving the file offset unchanged.
1267
1268 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001269
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001270 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001271
1272 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1273
1274
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001275.. function:: pwritev(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1276
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001277 Write the *buffers* contents to file descriptor *fd* at a offset *offset*,
1278 leaving the file offset unchanged. *buffers* must be a sequence of
1279 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are processed in
1280 array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written before
1281 proceeding to the second, and so on.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001282
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001283 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001284 flags:
1285
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001286 - :data:`RWF_DSYNC`
1287 - :data:`RWF_SYNC`
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001288 - :data:`RWF_APPEND`
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001289
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001290 Return the total number of bytes actually written.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001291
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001292 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1293 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1294
1295 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.writev` and :func:`os.pwrite`.
1296
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001297 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001298 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1299 Linux 4.7 or newer.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001300
1301 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1302
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001303
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001304.. data:: RWF_DSYNC
1305
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001306 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_DSYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1307 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001308
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001309 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001310
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001311 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1312
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001313
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001314.. data:: RWF_SYNC
1315
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001316 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_SYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1317 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001318
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001319 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001320
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001321 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1322
1323
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001324.. data:: RWF_APPEND
1325
1326 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_APPEND` :func:`os.open`
1327 flag. This flag is meaningful only for :func:`os.pwritev`, and its
1328 effect applies only to the data range written by the system call. The
1329 *offset* argument does not affect the write operation; the data is always
1330 appended to the end of the file. However, if the *offset* argument is
1331 ``-1``, the current file *offset* is updated.
1332
1333 .. availability:: Linux 4.16 and newer.
1334
1335 .. versionadded:: 3.10
1336
1337
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001338.. function:: read(fd, n)
1339
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001340 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd*.
1341
1342 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1343 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001344
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001345 .. note::
1346
1347 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +02001348 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To read a
1349 "file object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by
1350 :func:`popen` or :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdin`, use its
1351 :meth:`~file.read` or :meth:`~file.readline` methods.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001352
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001353 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001354 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001355 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1356 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1357
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001358
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001359.. function:: sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count)
Serhiy Storchaka2b560312020-04-18 19:14:10 +03001360 sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count, headers=(), trailers=(), flags=0)
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001361
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001362 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *in_fd* to file descriptor *out_fd*
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001363 starting at *offset*.
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001364 Return the number of bytes sent. When EOF is reached return ``0``.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001365
1366 The first function notation is supported by all platforms that define
1367 :func:`sendfile`.
1368
1369 On Linux, if *offset* is given as ``None``, the bytes are read from the
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001370 current position of *in_fd* and the position of *in_fd* is updated.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001371
1372 The second case may be used on Mac OS X and FreeBSD where *headers* and
1373 *trailers* are arbitrary sequences of buffers that are written before and
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001374 after the data from *in_fd* is written. It returns the same as the first case.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001375
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001376 On Mac OS X and FreeBSD, a value of ``0`` for *count* specifies to send until
1377 the end of *in_fd* is reached.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001378
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001379 All platforms support sockets as *out_fd* file descriptor, and some platforms
Charles-Francois Natalia771a1b2013-05-01 15:12:20 +02001380 allow other types (e.g. regular file, pipe) as well.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001381
Giampaolo Rodola'409569b2014-04-24 18:09:21 +02001382 Cross-platform applications should not use *headers*, *trailers* and *flags*
1383 arguments.
1384
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001385 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001386
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001387 .. note::
1388
Benjamin Peterson0ce95372014-06-15 18:30:27 -07001389 For a higher-level wrapper of :func:`sendfile`, see
Martin Panter3133a9f2015-09-11 23:44:18 +00001390 :meth:`socket.socket.sendfile`.
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001391
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001392 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1393
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001394 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
1395 Parameters *out* and *in* was renamed to *out_fd* and *in_fd*.
1396
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001397
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001398.. function:: set_blocking(fd, blocking)
1399
1400 Set the blocking mode of the specified file descriptor. Set the
1401 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag if blocking is ``False``, clear the flag otherwise.
1402
1403 See also :func:`get_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
1404
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001405 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001406
1407 .. versionadded:: 3.5
1408
1409
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001410.. data:: SF_NODISKIO
1411 SF_MNOWAIT
1412 SF_SYNC
1413
1414 Parameters to the :func:`sendfile` function, if the implementation supports
1415 them.
1416
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001417 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001418
1419 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1420
1421
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001422.. function:: readv(fd, buffers)
1423
Benjamin Petersone83ed432014-01-18 22:54:59 -05001424 Read from a file descriptor *fd* into a number of mutable :term:`bytes-like
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001425 objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*. Transfer data into each buffer until
1426 it is full and then move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the
1427 rest of the data.
1428
1429 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1430 total capacity of all the objects.
1431
1432 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1433 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001434
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001435 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001436
1437 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1438
1439
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001440.. function:: tcgetpgrp(fd)
1441
1442 Return the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001443 file descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`).
1444
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001445 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001446
1447
1448.. function:: tcsetpgrp(fd, pg)
1449
1450 Set the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open file
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001451 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`) to *pg*.
1452
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001453 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001454
1455
1456.. function:: ttyname(fd)
1457
1458 Return a string which specifies the terminal device associated with
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +00001459 file descriptor *fd*. If *fd* is not associated with a terminal device, an
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001460 exception is raised.
1461
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001462 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001463
1464
1465.. function:: write(fd, str)
1466
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001467 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd*.
1468
1469 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001470
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001471 .. note::
1472
1473 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001474 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To write a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001475 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001476 :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdout` or :data:`sys.stderr`, use its
1477 :meth:`~file.write` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001478
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001479 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001480 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001481 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1482 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1483
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001484
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001485.. function:: writev(fd, buffers)
1486
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001487 Write the contents of *buffers* to file descriptor *fd*. *buffers* must be
1488 a sequence of :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are
1489 processed in array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written
1490 before proceeding to the second, and so on.
Senthil Kumarand37de3c2016-06-18 11:21:50 -07001491
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001492 Returns the total number of bytes actually written.
1493
1494 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1495 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001496
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001497 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001498
1499 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1500
1501
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001502.. _terminal-size:
1503
1504Querying the size of a terminal
1505~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1506
1507.. versionadded:: 3.3
1508
1509.. function:: get_terminal_size(fd=STDOUT_FILENO)
1510
1511 Return the size of the terminal window as ``(columns, lines)``,
1512 tuple of type :class:`terminal_size`.
1513
1514 The optional argument ``fd`` (default ``STDOUT_FILENO``, or standard
1515 output) specifies which file descriptor should be queried.
1516
1517 If the file descriptor is not connected to a terminal, an :exc:`OSError`
Andrew Svetlov5b898402012-12-18 21:26:36 +02001518 is raised.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001519
1520 :func:`shutil.get_terminal_size` is the high-level function which
1521 should normally be used, ``os.get_terminal_size`` is the low-level
1522 implementation.
1523
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001524 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001525
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001526.. class:: terminal_size
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001527
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001528 A subclass of tuple, holding ``(columns, lines)`` of the terminal window size.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001529
1530 .. attribute:: columns
1531
1532 Width of the terminal window in characters.
1533
1534 .. attribute:: lines
1535
1536 Height of the terminal window in characters.
1537
1538
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001539.. _fd_inheritance:
1540
1541Inheritance of File Descriptors
1542~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1543
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001544.. versionadded:: 3.4
1545
1546A file descriptor has an "inheritable" flag which indicates if the file descriptor
1547can be inherited by child processes. Since Python 3.4, file descriptors
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001548created by Python are non-inheritable by default.
1549
1550On UNIX, non-inheritable file descriptors are closed in child processes at the
1551execution of a new program, other file descriptors are inherited.
1552
1553On Windows, non-inheritable handles and file descriptors are closed in child
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001554processes, except for standard streams (file descriptors 0, 1 and 2: stdin, stdout
Serhiy Storchaka690a6a92013-10-13 20:13:37 +03001555and stderr), which are always inherited. Using :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions,
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001556all inheritable handles and all inheritable file descriptors are inherited.
1557Using the :mod:`subprocess` module, all file descriptors except standard
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001558streams are closed, and inheritable handles are only inherited if the
1559*close_fds* parameter is ``False``.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001560
1561.. function:: get_inheritable(fd)
1562
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001563 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001564
1565.. function:: set_inheritable(fd, inheritable)
1566
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001567 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001568
1569.. function:: get_handle_inheritable(handle)
1570
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001571 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001572
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001573 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001574
1575.. function:: set_handle_inheritable(handle, inheritable)
1576
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001577 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001578
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001579 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001580
1581
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001582.. _os-file-dir:
1583
1584Files and Directories
1585---------------------
1586
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001587On some Unix platforms, many of these functions support one or more of these
1588features:
1589
1590.. _path_fd:
1591
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001592* **specifying a file descriptor:**
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001593 Normally the *path* argument provided to functions in the :mod:`os` module
1594 must be a string specifying a file path. However, some functions now
1595 alternatively accept an open file descriptor for their *path* argument.
1596 The function will then operate on the file referred to by the descriptor.
1597 (For POSIX systems, Python will call the variant of the function prefixed
1598 with ``f`` (e.g. call ``fchdir`` instead of ``chdir``).)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001599
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001600 You can check whether or not *path* can be specified as a file descriptor
1601 for a particular function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
1602 If this functionality is unavailable, using it will raise a
1603 :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001604
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001605 If the function also supports *dir_fd* or *follow_symlinks* arguments, it's
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001606 an error to specify one of those when supplying *path* as a file descriptor.
1607
1608.. _dir_fd:
1609
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001610* **paths relative to directory descriptors:** If *dir_fd* is not ``None``, it
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001611 should be a file descriptor referring to a directory, and the path to operate
1612 on should be relative; path will then be relative to that directory. If the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001613 path is absolute, *dir_fd* is ignored. (For POSIX systems, Python will call
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001614 the variant of the function with an ``at`` suffix and possibly prefixed with
1615 ``f`` (e.g. call ``faccessat`` instead of ``access``).
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001616
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001617 You can check whether or not *dir_fd* is supported for a particular function
1618 on your platform using :data:`os.supports_dir_fd`. If it's unavailable,
1619 using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001620
1621.. _follow_symlinks:
1622
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001623* **not following symlinks:** If *follow_symlinks* is
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001624 ``False``, and the last element of the path to operate on is a symbolic link,
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001625 the function will operate on the symbolic link itself rather than the file
1626 pointed to by the link. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the ``l...``
1627 variant of the function.)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001628
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001629 You can check whether or not *follow_symlinks* is supported for a particular
1630 function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_follow_symlinks`.
1631 If it's unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001632
1633
1634
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001635.. function:: access(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, effective_ids=False, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001636
1637 Use the real uid/gid to test for access to *path*. Note that most operations
1638 will use the effective uid/gid, therefore this routine can be used in a
1639 suid/sgid environment to test if the invoking user has the specified access to
1640 *path*. *mode* should be :const:`F_OK` to test the existence of *path*, or it
1641 can be the inclusive OR of one or more of :const:`R_OK`, :const:`W_OK`, and
1642 :const:`X_OK` to test permissions. Return :const:`True` if access is allowed,
1643 :const:`False` if not. See the Unix man page :manpage:`access(2)` for more
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001644 information.
1645
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001646 This function can support specifying :ref:`paths relative to directory
1647 descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001648
1649 If *effective_ids* is ``True``, :func:`access` will perform its access
1650 checks using the effective uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid.
1651 *effective_ids* may not be supported on your platform; you can check whether
1652 or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_effective_ids`. If it is
1653 unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
1654
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001655 .. note::
1656
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001657 Using :func:`access` to check if a user is authorized to e.g. open a file
1658 before actually doing so using :func:`open` creates a security hole,
1659 because the user might exploit the short time interval between checking
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001660 and opening the file to manipulate it. It's preferable to use :term:`EAFP`
1661 techniques. For example::
1662
1663 if os.access("myfile", os.R_OK):
1664 with open("myfile") as fp:
1665 return fp.read()
1666 return "some default data"
1667
1668 is better written as::
1669
1670 try:
1671 fp = open("myfile")
Antoine Pitrou62ab10a02011-10-12 20:10:51 +02001672 except PermissionError:
1673 return "some default data"
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001674 else:
1675 with fp:
1676 return fp.read()
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001677
1678 .. note::
1679
1680 I/O operations may fail even when :func:`access` indicates that they would
1681 succeed, particularly for operations on network filesystems which may have
1682 permissions semantics beyond the usual POSIX permission-bit model.
1683
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001684 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1685 Added the *dir_fd*, *effective_ids*, and *follow_symlinks* parameters.
1686
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001687 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1688 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1689
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001690
1691.. data:: F_OK
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001692 R_OK
1693 W_OK
1694 X_OK
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001695
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001696 Values to pass as the *mode* parameter of :func:`access` to test the
1697 existence, readability, writability and executability of *path*,
1698 respectively.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001699
1700
1701.. function:: chdir(path)
1702
1703 .. index:: single: directory; changing
1704
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001705 Change the current working directory to *path*.
1706
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001707 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001708 descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an open file.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001709
Terry Jan Reedya9b40e42019-07-06 22:44:01 -04001710 This function can raise :exc:`OSError` and subclasses such as
Kyle Stanley0717b4d2019-07-06 21:20:15 -04001711 :exc:`FileNotFoundError`, :exc:`PermissionError`, and :exc:`NotADirectoryError`.
1712
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001713 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.chdir
1714
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001715 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1716 Added support for specifying *path* as a file descriptor
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001717 on some platforms.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001718
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001719 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1720 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1721
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001722
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001723.. function:: chflags(path, flags, *, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001724
1725 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*. *flags* may take a combination
1726 (bitwise OR) of the following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module):
1727
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001728 * :data:`stat.UF_NODUMP`
1729 * :data:`stat.UF_IMMUTABLE`
1730 * :data:`stat.UF_APPEND`
1731 * :data:`stat.UF_OPAQUE`
1732 * :data:`stat.UF_NOUNLINK`
Ned Deily3eb67d52011-06-28 00:00:28 -07001733 * :data:`stat.UF_COMPRESSED`
1734 * :data:`stat.UF_HIDDEN`
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001735 * :data:`stat.SF_ARCHIVED`
1736 * :data:`stat.SF_IMMUTABLE`
1737 * :data:`stat.SF_APPEND`
1738 * :data:`stat.SF_NOUNLINK`
1739 * :data:`stat.SF_SNAPSHOT`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001740
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001741 This function can support :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001742
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001743 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.chflags
1744
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001745 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001746
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001747 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1748 The *follow_symlinks* argument.
1749
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001750 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1751 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1752
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001753
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001754.. function:: chmod(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001755
1756 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. *mode* may take one of the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00001757 following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module) or bitwise ORed
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001758 combinations of them:
1759
Alexandre Vassalottic22c6f22009-07-21 00:51:58 +00001760 * :data:`stat.S_ISUID`
1761 * :data:`stat.S_ISGID`
1762 * :data:`stat.S_ENFMT`
1763 * :data:`stat.S_ISVTX`
1764 * :data:`stat.S_IREAD`
1765 * :data:`stat.S_IWRITE`
1766 * :data:`stat.S_IEXEC`
1767 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXU`
1768 * :data:`stat.S_IRUSR`
1769 * :data:`stat.S_IWUSR`
1770 * :data:`stat.S_IXUSR`
1771 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXG`
1772 * :data:`stat.S_IRGRP`
1773 * :data:`stat.S_IWGRP`
1774 * :data:`stat.S_IXGRP`
1775 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXO`
1776 * :data:`stat.S_IROTH`
1777 * :data:`stat.S_IWOTH`
1778 * :data:`stat.S_IXOTH`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001779
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001780 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1781 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1782 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001783
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001784 .. note::
1785
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001786 Although Windows supports :func:`chmod`, you can only set the file's
1787 read-only flag with it (via the ``stat.S_IWRITE`` and ``stat.S_IREAD``
1788 constants or a corresponding integer value). All other bits are ignored.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001789
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001790 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.chmod
1791
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001792 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1793 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
1794 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001795
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001796 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1797 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1798
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001799
1800.. function:: chown(path, uid, gid, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001801
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001802 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. To
1803 leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001804
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001805 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1806 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1807 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001808
Sandro Tosid902a142011-08-22 23:28:27 +02001809 See :func:`shutil.chown` for a higher-level function that accepts names in
1810 addition to numeric ids.
1811
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001812 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.chown
1813
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001814 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001815
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001816 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001817 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001818 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001819
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001820 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1821 Supports a :term:`path-like object`.
1822
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001823
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001824.. function:: chroot(path)
1825
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001826 Change the root directory of the current process to *path*.
1827
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001828 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001829
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001830 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1831 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1832
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001833
1834.. function:: fchdir(fd)
1835
1836 Change the current working directory to the directory represented by the file
1837 descriptor *fd*. The descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001838 open file. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chdir(fd)``.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001839
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001840 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.fchdir
1841
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001842 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001843
1844
1845.. function:: getcwd()
1846
1847 Return a string representing the current working directory.
1848
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001849
1850.. function:: getcwdb()
1851
1852 Return a bytestring representing the current working directory.
1853
Victor Stinner689830e2019-06-26 17:31:12 +02001854 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
1855 The function now uses the UTF-8 encoding on Windows, rather than the ANSI
1856 code page: see :pep:`529` for the rationale. The function is no longer
1857 deprecated on Windows.
1858
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001859
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001860.. function:: lchflags(path, flags)
1861
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001862 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*, like :func:`chflags`, but do
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001863 not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001864 ``os.chflags(path, flags, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001865
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001866 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.lchflags
1867
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001868 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001869
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001870 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1871 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1872
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001873
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001874.. function:: lchmod(path, mode)
1875
1876 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. If path is a symlink, this
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001877 affects the symlink rather than the target. See the docs for :func:`chmod`
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001878 for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001879 ``os.chmod(path, mode, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001880
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001881 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.lchmod
1882
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001883 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001884
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001885 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1886 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001887
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001888.. function:: lchown(path, uid, gid)
1889
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001890 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. This
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001891 function will not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001892 to ``os.chown(path, uid, gid, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001893
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001894 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.lchown
1895
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001896 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001897
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001898 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1899 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1900
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001901
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001902.. function:: link(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001903
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001904 Create a hard link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001905
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001906 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
1907 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`, and :ref:`not
1908 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001909
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001910 .. audit-event:: os.link src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.link
1911
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001912 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtin1b9df392010-11-24 20:24:31 +00001913
1914 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1915 Added Windows support.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001916
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001917 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1918 Added the *src_dir_fd*, *dst_dir_fd*, and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
1919
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001920 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1921 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
1922
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001923
Martin v. Löwis9c71f902010-07-24 10:09:11 +00001924.. function:: listdir(path='.')
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001925
Benjamin Peterson4469d0c2008-11-30 22:46:23 +00001926 Return a list containing the names of the entries in the directory given by
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001927 *path*. The list is in arbitrary order, and does not include the special
1928 entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` even if they are present in the directory.
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03001929 If a file is removed from or added to the directory during the call of
1930 this function, whether a name for that file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001931
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001932 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
1933 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
1934 the filenames returned will also be of type ``bytes``;
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001935 in all other circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001936
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001937 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
1938 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001939
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001940 .. audit-event:: os.listdir path os.listdir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07001941
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001942 .. note::
1943 To encode ``str`` filenames to ``bytes``, use :func:`~os.fsencode`.
1944
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001945 .. seealso::
1946
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02001947 The :func:`scandir` function returns directory entries along with
1948 file attribute information, giving better performance for many
1949 common use cases.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001950
Martin v. Löwisc9e1c7d2010-07-23 12:16:41 +00001951 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1952 The *path* parameter became optional.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001953
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001954 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001955 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001956
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001957 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1958 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1959
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001960
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001961.. function:: lstat(path, \*, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001962
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00001963 Perform the equivalent of an :c:func:`lstat` system call on the given path.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001964 Similar to :func:`~os.stat`, but does not follow symbolic links. Return a
1965 :class:`stat_result` object.
1966
1967 On platforms that do not support symbolic links, this is an alias for
1968 :func:`~os.stat`.
1969
1970 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(path, dir_fd=dir_fd,
1971 follow_symlinks=False)``.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001972
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001973 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
1974 <dir_fd>`.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00001975
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001976 .. seealso::
1977
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +03001978 The :func:`.stat` function.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02001979
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00001980 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1981 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001982
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001983 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1984 Added the *dir_fd* parameter.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001985
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001986 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1987 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
1988
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07001989 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
1990 On Windows, now opens reparse points that represent another path
1991 (name surrogates), including symbolic links and directory junctions.
1992 Other kinds of reparse points are resolved by the operating system as
1993 for :func:`~os.stat`.
1994
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001995
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001996.. function:: mkdir(path, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
1997
1998 Create a directory named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
1999
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002000 If the directory already exists, :exc:`FileExistsError` is raised.
2001
2002 .. _mkdir_modebits:
2003
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002004 On some systems, *mode* is ignored. Where it is used, the current umask
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002005 value is first masked out. If bits other than the last 9 (i.e. the last 3
2006 digits of the octal representation of the *mode*) are set, their meaning is
2007 platform-dependent. On some platforms, they are ignored and you should call
2008 :func:`chmod` explicitly to set them.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002009
2010 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2011 <dir_fd>`.
2012
2013 It is also possible to create temporary directories; see the
2014 :mod:`tempfile` module's :func:`tempfile.mkdtemp` function.
2015
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002016 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.mkdir
2017
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002018 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2019 The *dir_fd* argument.
2020
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002021 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2022 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2023
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002024
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002025.. function:: makedirs(name, mode=0o777, exist_ok=False)
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002026
2027 .. index::
2028 single: directory; creating
2029 single: UNC paths; and os.makedirs()
2030
2031 Recursive directory creation function. Like :func:`mkdir`, but makes all
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002032 intermediate-level directories needed to contain the leaf directory.
2033
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002034 The *mode* parameter is passed to :func:`mkdir` for creating the leaf
2035 directory; see :ref:`the mkdir() description <mkdir_modebits>` for how it
2036 is interpreted. To set the file permission bits of any newly-created parent
2037 directories you can set the umask before invoking :func:`makedirs`. The
2038 file permission bits of existing parent directories are not changed.
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002039
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002040 If *exist_ok* is ``False`` (the default), an :exc:`FileExistsError` is
2041 raised if the target directory already exists.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002042
2043 .. note::
2044
2045 :func:`makedirs` will become confused if the path elements to create
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002046 include :data:`pardir` (eg. ".." on UNIX systems).
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002047
2048 This function handles UNC paths correctly.
2049
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002050 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.makedirs
2051
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002052 .. versionadded:: 3.2
2053 The *exist_ok* parameter.
2054
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002055 .. versionchanged:: 3.4.1
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002056
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002057 Before Python 3.4.1, if *exist_ok* was ``True`` and the directory existed,
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002058 :func:`makedirs` would still raise an error if *mode* did not match the
2059 mode of the existing directory. Since this behavior was impossible to
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002060 implement safely, it was removed in Python 3.4.1. See :issue:`21082`.
Benjamin Peterson4717e212014-04-01 19:17:57 -04002061
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002062 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2063 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2064
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002065 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2066 The *mode* argument no longer affects the file permission bits of
2067 newly-created intermediate-level directories.
2068
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002069
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002070.. function:: mkfifo(path, mode=0o666, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002071
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002072 Create a FIFO (a named pipe) named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
2073 The current umask value is first masked out from the mode.
2074
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002075 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2076 <dir_fd>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002077
2078 FIFOs are pipes that can be accessed like regular files. FIFOs exist until they
2079 are deleted (for example with :func:`os.unlink`). Generally, FIFOs are used as
2080 rendezvous between "client" and "server" type processes: the server opens the
2081 FIFO for reading, and the client opens it for writing. Note that :func:`mkfifo`
2082 doesn't open the FIFO --- it just creates the rendezvous point.
2083
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002084 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002085
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002086 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2087 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002088
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002089 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2090 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2091
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002092
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002093.. function:: mknod(path, mode=0o600, device=0, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002094
2095 Create a filesystem node (file, device special file or named pipe) named
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002096 *path*. *mode* specifies both the permissions to use and the type of node
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00002097 to be created, being combined (bitwise OR) with one of ``stat.S_IFREG``,
2098 ``stat.S_IFCHR``, ``stat.S_IFBLK``, and ``stat.S_IFIFO`` (those constants are
2099 available in :mod:`stat`). For ``stat.S_IFCHR`` and ``stat.S_IFBLK``,
2100 *device* defines the newly created device special file (probably using
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002101 :func:`os.makedev`), otherwise it is ignored.
2102
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002103 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2104 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002105
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002106 .. availability:: Unix.
Berker Peksag6129e142016-09-26 22:50:11 +03002107
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002108 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2109 The *dir_fd* argument.
2110
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002111 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2112 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2113
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002114
2115.. function:: major(device)
2116
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002117 Extract the device major number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002118 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002119
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002120
2121.. function:: minor(device)
2122
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002123 Extract the device minor number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002124 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002125
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002126
2127.. function:: makedev(major, minor)
2128
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002129 Compose a raw device number from the major and minor device numbers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002130
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002131
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002132.. function:: pathconf(path, name)
2133
2134 Return system configuration information relevant to a named file. *name*
2135 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
2136 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
2137 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
2138 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
2139 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
2140 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002141
2142 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
2143 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
2144 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
2145 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
2146
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07002147 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02002148 <path_fd>`.
2149
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002150 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002151
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002152 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2153 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2154
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002155
2156.. data:: pathconf_names
2157
2158 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`pathconf` and :func:`fpathconf` to
2159 the integer values defined for those names by the host operating system. This
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02002160 can be used to determine the set of names known to the system.
2161
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002162 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002163
2164
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002165.. function:: readlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002166
2167 Return a string representing the path to which the symbolic link points. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002168 result may be either an absolute or relative pathname; if it is relative, it
2169 may be converted to an absolute pathname using
2170 ``os.path.join(os.path.dirname(path), result)``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002171
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002172 If the *path* is a string object (directly or indirectly through a
2173 :class:`PathLike` interface), the result will also be a string object,
Martin Panter6245cb32016-04-15 02:14:19 +00002174 and the call may raise a UnicodeDecodeError. If the *path* is a bytes
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002175 object (direct or indirectly), the result will be a bytes object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002176
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002177 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2178 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002179
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002180 When trying to resolve a path that may contain links, use
2181 :func:`~os.path.realpath` to properly handle recursion and platform
2182 differences.
2183
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002184 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002185
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002186 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2187 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002188
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002189 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2190 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002191
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002192 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002193 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` on Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002194
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002195 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2196 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` and a bytes object on Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002197
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002198 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2199 Added support for directory junctions, and changed to return the
2200 substitution path (which typically includes ``\\?\`` prefix) rather
2201 than the optional "print name" field that was previously returned.
2202
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002203.. function:: remove(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002204
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002205 Remove (delete) the file *path*. If *path* is a directory, an
2206 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` is raised. Use :func:`rmdir` to remove directories.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002207
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002208 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2209 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002210
2211 On Windows, attempting to remove a file that is in use causes an exception to
2212 be raised; on Unix, the directory entry is removed but the storage allocated
2213 to the file is not made available until the original file is no longer in use.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002214
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08002215 This function is semantically identical to :func:`unlink`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002216
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002217 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.remove
2218
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002219 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002220 The *dir_fd* argument.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002221
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002222 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2223 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2224
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002225
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002226.. function:: removedirs(name)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002227
2228 .. index:: single: directory; deleting
2229
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002230 Remove directories recursively. Works like :func:`rmdir` except that, if the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002231 leaf directory is successfully removed, :func:`removedirs` tries to
2232 successively remove every parent directory mentioned in *path* until an error
2233 is raised (which is ignored, because it generally means that a parent directory
2234 is not empty). For example, ``os.removedirs('foo/bar/baz')`` will first remove
2235 the directory ``'foo/bar/baz'``, and then remove ``'foo/bar'`` and ``'foo'`` if
2236 they are empty. Raises :exc:`OSError` if the leaf directory could not be
2237 successfully removed.
2238
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002239 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.removedirs
2240
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002241 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2242 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2243
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002244
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002245.. function:: rename(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002246
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002247 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* exists, the operation
2248 will fail with an :exc:`OSError` subclass in a number of cases:
2249
2250 On Windows, if *dst* exists a :exc:`FileExistsError` is always raised.
2251
Mariatta7cbef722019-07-11 10:31:19 -07002252 On Unix, if *src* is a file and *dst* is a directory or vice-versa, an
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002253 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` or a :exc:`NotADirectoryError` will be raised
2254 respectively. If both are directories and *dst* is empty, *dst* will be
2255 silently replaced. If *dst* is a non-empty directory, an :exc:`OSError`
2256 is raised. If both are files, *dst* it will be replaced silently if the user
2257 has permission. The operation may fail on some Unix flavors if *src* and
2258 *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, the renaming will be an
2259 atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002260
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002261 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2262 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002263
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002264 If you want cross-platform overwriting of the destination, use :func:`replace`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002265
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002266 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.rename
2267
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002268 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2269 The *src_dir_fd* and *dst_dir_fd* arguments.
2270
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002271 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2272 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2273
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002274
2275.. function:: renames(old, new)
2276
2277 Recursive directory or file renaming function. Works like :func:`rename`, except
2278 creation of any intermediate directories needed to make the new pathname good is
2279 attempted first. After the rename, directories corresponding to rightmost path
2280 segments of the old name will be pruned away using :func:`removedirs`.
2281
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002282 .. note::
2283
2284 This function can fail with the new directory structure made if you lack
2285 permissions needed to remove the leaf directory or file.
2286
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002287 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.renames
2288
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002289 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2290 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *old* and *new*.
2291
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002292
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002293.. function:: replace(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002294
2295 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory,
2296 :exc:`OSError` will be raised. If *dst* exists and is a file, it will
2297 be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail
2298 if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful,
2299 the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
2300
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002301 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2302 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002303
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002304 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.replace
2305
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002306 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2307
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002308 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2309 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2310
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002311
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002312.. function:: rmdir(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002313
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002314 Remove (delete) the directory *path*. If the directory does not exist or is
2315 not empty, an :exc:`FileNotFoundError` or an :exc:`OSError` is raised
2316 respectively. In order to remove whole directory trees,
2317 :func:`shutil.rmtree` can be used.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002318
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002319 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2320 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002321
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002322 .. audit-event:: os.rmdir path,dir_fd os.rmdir
2323
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002324 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2325 The *dir_fd* parameter.
2326
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002327 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2328 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2329
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002330
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002331.. function:: scandir(path='.')
2332
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002333 Return an iterator of :class:`os.DirEntry` objects corresponding to the
2334 entries in the directory given by *path*. The entries are yielded in
2335 arbitrary order, and the special entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` are not
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03002336 included. If a file is removed from or added to the directory after
2337 creating the iterator, whether an entry for that file be included is
2338 unspecified.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002339
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002340 Using :func:`scandir` instead of :func:`listdir` can significantly
2341 increase the performance of code that also needs file type or file
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002342 attribute information, because :class:`os.DirEntry` objects expose this
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002343 information if the operating system provides it when scanning a directory.
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002344 All :class:`os.DirEntry` methods may perform a system call, but
2345 :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir` and :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_file` usually only
2346 require a system call for symbolic links; :func:`os.DirEntry.stat`
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002347 always requires a system call on Unix but only requires one for
2348 symbolic links on Windows.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002349
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002350 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
2351 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
2352 the type of the :attr:`~os.DirEntry.name` and :attr:`~os.DirEntry.path`
2353 attributes of each :class:`os.DirEntry` will be ``bytes``; in all other
2354 circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002355
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002356 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
2357 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
2358
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07002359 .. audit-event:: os.scandir path os.scandir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07002360
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002361 The :func:`scandir` iterator supports the :term:`context manager` protocol
2362 and has the following method:
2363
2364 .. method:: scandir.close()
2365
2366 Close the iterator and free acquired resources.
2367
2368 This is called automatically when the iterator is exhausted or garbage
2369 collected, or when an error happens during iterating. However it
2370 is advisable to call it explicitly or use the :keyword:`with`
2371 statement.
2372
2373 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2374
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002375 The following example shows a simple use of :func:`scandir` to display all
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002376 the files (excluding directories) in the given *path* that don't start with
2377 ``'.'``. The ``entry.is_file()`` call will generally not make an additional
2378 system call::
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002379
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002380 with os.scandir(path) as it:
2381 for entry in it:
2382 if not entry.name.startswith('.') and entry.is_file():
2383 print(entry.name)
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002384
2385 .. note::
2386
2387 On Unix-based systems, :func:`scandir` uses the system's
2388 `opendir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/opendir.html>`_
2389 and
2390 `readdir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/readdir_r.html>`_
2391 functions. On Windows, it uses the Win32
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002392 `FindFirstFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364418(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002393 and
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002394 `FindNextFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364428(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002395 functions.
2396
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002397 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2398
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002399 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2400 Added support for the :term:`context manager` protocol and the
2401 :func:`~scandir.close()` method. If a :func:`scandir` iterator is neither
2402 exhausted nor explicitly closed a :exc:`ResourceWarning` will be emitted
2403 in its destructor.
2404
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002405 The function accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2406
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002407 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2408 Added support for :ref:`file descriptors <path_fd>` on Unix.
2409
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002410
2411.. class:: DirEntry
2412
2413 Object yielded by :func:`scandir` to expose the file path and other file
2414 attributes of a directory entry.
2415
2416 :func:`scandir` will provide as much of this information as possible without
2417 making additional system calls. When a ``stat()`` or ``lstat()`` system call
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002418 is made, the ``os.DirEntry`` object will cache the result.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002419
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002420 ``os.DirEntry`` instances are not intended to be stored in long-lived data
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002421 structures; if you know the file metadata has changed or if a long time has
2422 elapsed since calling :func:`scandir`, call ``os.stat(entry.path)`` to fetch
2423 up-to-date information.
2424
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002425 Because the ``os.DirEntry`` methods can make operating system calls, they may
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002426 also raise :exc:`OSError`. If you need very fine-grained
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002427 control over errors, you can catch :exc:`OSError` when calling one of the
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002428 ``os.DirEntry`` methods and handle as appropriate.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002429
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002430 To be directly usable as a :term:`path-like object`, ``os.DirEntry``
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002431 implements the :class:`PathLike` interface.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002432
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002433 Attributes and methods on a ``os.DirEntry`` instance are as follows:
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002434
2435 .. attribute:: name
2436
2437 The entry's base filename, relative to the :func:`scandir` *path*
2438 argument.
2439
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002440 The :attr:`name` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2441 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002442 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002443
2444 .. attribute:: path
2445
2446 The entry's full path name: equivalent to ``os.path.join(scandir_path,
2447 entry.name)`` where *scandir_path* is the :func:`scandir` *path*
2448 argument. The path is only absolute if the :func:`scandir` *path*
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002449 argument was absolute. If the :func:`scandir` *path*
2450 argument was a :ref:`file descriptor <path_fd>`, the :attr:`path`
2451 attribute is the same as the :attr:`name` attribute.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002452
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002453 The :attr:`path` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2454 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002455 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002456
2457 .. method:: inode()
2458
2459 Return the inode number of the entry.
2460
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002461 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Use
2462 ``os.stat(entry.path, follow_symlinks=False).st_ino`` to fetch up-to-date
2463 information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002464
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002465 On the first, uncached call, a system call is required on Windows but
2466 not on Unix.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002467
2468 .. method:: is_dir(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2469
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002470 Return ``True`` if this entry is a directory or a symbolic link pointing
2471 to a directory; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to any other
2472 kind of file, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002473
2474 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002475 is a directory (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the
2476 entry is any other kind of file or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002477
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002478 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002479 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` along
2480 with :func:`stat.S_ISDIR` to fetch up-to-date information.
2481
2482 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2483 Specifically, for non-symlinks, neither Windows or Unix require a system
2484 call, except on certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems,
2485 that return ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. If the entry is a symlink,
2486 a system call will be required to follow the symlink unless
2487 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002488
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002489 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2490 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002491
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002492 .. method:: is_file(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2493
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002494 Return ``True`` if this entry is a file or a symbolic link pointing to a
2495 file; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to a directory or other
2496 non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002497
2498 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002499 is a file (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the entry is
2500 a directory or other non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002501
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002502 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Caching, system calls
2503 made, and exceptions raised are as per :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir`.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002504
2505 .. method:: is_symlink()
2506
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002507 Return ``True`` if this entry is a symbolic link (even if broken);
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002508 return ``False`` if the entry points to a directory or any kind of file,
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002509 or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002510
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002511 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Call
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002512 :func:`os.path.islink` to fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002513
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002514 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2515 Specifically, neither Windows or Unix require a system call, except on
2516 certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, that return
2517 ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002518
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002519 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2520 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002521
2522 .. method:: stat(\*, follow_symlinks=True)
2523
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002524 Return a :class:`stat_result` object for this entry. This method
2525 follows symbolic links by default; to stat a symbolic link add the
2526 ``follow_symlinks=False`` argument.
2527
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002528 On Unix, this method always requires a system call. On Windows, it
2529 only requires a system call if *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` and the
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002530 entry is a reparse point (for example, a symbolic link or directory
2531 junction).
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002532
2533 On Windows, the ``st_ino``, ``st_dev`` and ``st_nlink`` attributes of the
2534 :class:`stat_result` are always set to zero. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2535 get these attributes.
2536
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002537 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002538 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2539 fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002540
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002541 Note that there is a nice correspondence between several attributes
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002542 and methods of ``os.DirEntry`` and of :class:`pathlib.Path`. In
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -07002543 particular, the ``name`` attribute has the same
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002544 meaning, as do the ``is_dir()``, ``is_file()``, ``is_symlink()``
2545 and ``stat()`` methods.
2546
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002547 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2548
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002549 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002550 Added support for the :class:`~os.PathLike` interface. Added support
2551 for :class:`bytes` paths on Windows.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002552
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002553
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002554.. function:: stat(path, \*, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002555
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002556 Get the status of a file or a file descriptor. Perform the equivalent of a
2557 :c:func:`stat` system call on the given path. *path* may be specified as
Xiang Zhang4459e002017-01-22 13:04:17 +08002558 either a string or bytes -- directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike`
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002559 interface -- or as an open file descriptor. Return a :class:`stat_result`
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002560 object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002561
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002562 This function normally follows symlinks; to stat a symlink add the argument
2563 ``follow_symlinks=False``, or use :func:`lstat`.
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002564
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002565 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
2566 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002567
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002568 On Windows, passing ``follow_symlinks=False`` will disable following all
2569 name-surrogate reparse points, which includes symlinks and directory
2570 junctions. Other types of reparse points that do not resemble links or that
2571 the operating system is unable to follow will be opened directly. When
2572 following a chain of multiple links, this may result in the original link
2573 being returned instead of the non-link that prevented full traversal. To
2574 obtain stat results for the final path in this case, use the
2575 :func:`os.path.realpath` function to resolve the path name as far as
2576 possible and call :func:`lstat` on the result. This does not apply to
2577 dangling symlinks or junction points, which will raise the usual exceptions.
2578
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002579 .. index:: module: stat
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002580
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002581 Example::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002582
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002583 >>> import os
2584 >>> statinfo = os.stat('somefile.txt')
2585 >>> statinfo
2586 os.stat_result(st_mode=33188, st_ino=7876932, st_dev=234881026,
2587 st_nlink=1, st_uid=501, st_gid=501, st_size=264, st_atime=1297230295,
2588 st_mtime=1297230027, st_ctime=1297230027)
2589 >>> statinfo.st_size
2590 264
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002591
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002592 .. seealso::
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002593
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002594 :func:`fstat` and :func:`lstat` functions.
2595
2596 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2597 Added the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments, specifying a file
2598 descriptor instead of a path.
2599
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002600 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2601 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2602
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002603 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2604 On Windows, all reparse points that can be resolved by the operating
2605 system are now followed, and passing ``follow_symlinks=False``
2606 disables following all name surrogate reparse points. If the operating
2607 system reaches a reparse point that it is not able to follow, *stat* now
2608 returns the information for the original path as if
2609 ``follow_symlinks=False`` had been specified instead of raising an error.
2610
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002611
2612.. class:: stat_result
2613
2614 Object whose attributes correspond roughly to the members of the
2615 :c:type:`stat` structure. It is used for the result of :func:`os.stat`,
2616 :func:`os.fstat` and :func:`os.lstat`.
2617
2618 Attributes:
2619
2620 .. attribute:: st_mode
2621
2622 File mode: file type and file mode bits (permissions).
2623
2624 .. attribute:: st_ino
2625
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002626 Platform dependent, but if non-zero, uniquely identifies the
2627 file for a given value of ``st_dev``. Typically:
2628
2629 * the inode number on Unix,
2630 * the `file index
2631 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa363788>`_ on
2632 Windows
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002633
2634 .. attribute:: st_dev
2635
2636 Identifier of the device on which this file resides.
2637
2638 .. attribute:: st_nlink
2639
2640 Number of hard links.
2641
2642 .. attribute:: st_uid
2643
2644 User identifier of the file owner.
2645
2646 .. attribute:: st_gid
2647
2648 Group identifier of the file owner.
2649
2650 .. attribute:: st_size
2651
2652 Size of the file in bytes, if it is a regular file or a symbolic link.
2653 The size of a symbolic link is the length of the pathname it contains,
2654 without a terminating null byte.
2655
2656 Timestamps:
2657
2658 .. attribute:: st_atime
2659
2660 Time of most recent access expressed in seconds.
2661
2662 .. attribute:: st_mtime
2663
2664 Time of most recent content modification expressed in seconds.
2665
2666 .. attribute:: st_ctime
2667
2668 Platform dependent:
2669
2670 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2671 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in seconds.
2672
2673 .. attribute:: st_atime_ns
2674
2675 Time of most recent access expressed in nanoseconds as an integer.
2676
2677 .. attribute:: st_mtime_ns
2678
2679 Time of most recent content modification expressed in nanoseconds as an
2680 integer.
2681
2682 .. attribute:: st_ctime_ns
2683
2684 Platform dependent:
2685
2686 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2687 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in nanoseconds as an
2688 integer.
2689
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002690 .. note::
2691
Senthil Kumaran3aac1792011-07-04 11:43:51 -07002692 The exact meaning and resolution of the :attr:`st_atime`,
Senthil Kumarana6bac952011-07-04 11:28:30 -07002693 :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` attributes depend on the operating
2694 system and the file system. For example, on Windows systems using the FAT
2695 or FAT32 file systems, :attr:`st_mtime` has 2-second resolution, and
2696 :attr:`st_atime` has only 1-day resolution. See your operating system
2697 documentation for details.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002698
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002699 Similarly, although :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`,
2700 and :attr:`st_ctime_ns` are always expressed in nanoseconds, many
2701 systems do not provide nanosecond precision. On systems that do
2702 provide nanosecond precision, the floating-point object used to
2703 store :attr:`st_atime`, :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime`
2704 cannot preserve all of it, and as such will be slightly inexact.
2705 If you need the exact timestamps you should always use
2706 :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and :attr:`st_ctime_ns`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002707
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002708 On some Unix systems (such as Linux), the following attributes may also be
2709 available:
2710
2711 .. attribute:: st_blocks
2712
2713 Number of 512-byte blocks allocated for file.
2714 This may be smaller than :attr:`st_size`/512 when the file has holes.
2715
2716 .. attribute:: st_blksize
2717
2718 "Preferred" blocksize for efficient file system I/O. Writing to a file in
2719 smaller chunks may cause an inefficient read-modify-rewrite.
2720
2721 .. attribute:: st_rdev
2722
2723 Type of device if an inode device.
2724
2725 .. attribute:: st_flags
2726
2727 User defined flags for file.
2728
2729 On other Unix systems (such as FreeBSD), the following attributes may be
2730 available (but may be only filled out if root tries to use them):
2731
2732 .. attribute:: st_gen
2733
2734 File generation number.
2735
2736 .. attribute:: st_birthtime
2737
2738 Time of file creation.
2739
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002740 On Solaris and derivatives, the following attributes may also be
2741 available:
2742
2743 .. attribute:: st_fstype
2744
2745 String that uniquely identifies the type of the filesystem that
2746 contains the file.
2747
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002748 On Mac OS systems, the following attributes may also be available:
2749
2750 .. attribute:: st_rsize
2751
2752 Real size of the file.
2753
2754 .. attribute:: st_creator
2755
2756 Creator of the file.
2757
2758 .. attribute:: st_type
2759
2760 File type.
2761
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002762 On Windows systems, the following attributes are also available:
Victor Stinnere1d24f72014-07-24 12:44:07 +02002763
2764 .. attribute:: st_file_attributes
2765
2766 Windows file attributes: ``dwFileAttributes`` member of the
2767 ``BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION`` structure returned by
2768 :c:func:`GetFileInformationByHandle`. See the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_*``
2769 constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2770
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002771 .. attribute:: st_reparse_tag
2772
2773 When :attr:`st_file_attributes` has the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT``
2774 set, this field contains the tag identifying the type of reparse point.
2775 See the ``IO_REPARSE_TAG_*`` constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2776
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002777 The standard module :mod:`stat` defines functions and constants that are
2778 useful for extracting information from a :c:type:`stat` structure. (On
2779 Windows, some items are filled with dummy values.)
2780
2781 For backward compatibility, a :class:`stat_result` instance is also
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002782 accessible as a tuple of at least 10 integers giving the most important (and
2783 portable) members of the :c:type:`stat` structure, in the order
2784 :attr:`st_mode`, :attr:`st_ino`, :attr:`st_dev`, :attr:`st_nlink`,
2785 :attr:`st_uid`, :attr:`st_gid`, :attr:`st_size`, :attr:`st_atime`,
2786 :attr:`st_mtime`, :attr:`st_ctime`. More items may be added at the end by
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002787 some implementations. For compatibility with older Python versions,
2788 accessing :class:`stat_result` as a tuple always returns integers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002789
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002790 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002791 Added the :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and
2792 :attr:`st_ctime_ns` members.
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002793
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002794 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2795 Added the :attr:`st_file_attributes` member on Windows.
2796
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002797 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
2798 Windows now returns the file index as :attr:`st_ino` when
2799 available.
2800
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002801 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2802 Added the :attr:`st_fstype` member to Solaris/derivatives.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002803
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002804 .. versionadded:: 3.8
2805 Added the :attr:`st_reparse_tag` member on Windows.
2806
2807 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2808 On Windows, the :attr:`st_mode` member now identifies special
2809 files as :const:`S_IFCHR`, :const:`S_IFIFO` or :const:`S_IFBLK`
2810 as appropriate.
2811
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002812.. function:: statvfs(path)
2813
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002814 Perform a :c:func:`statvfs` system call on the given path. The return value is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002815 an object whose attributes describe the filesystem on the given path, and
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002816 correspond to the members of the :c:type:`statvfs` structure, namely:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002817 :attr:`f_bsize`, :attr:`f_frsize`, :attr:`f_blocks`, :attr:`f_bfree`,
2818 :attr:`f_bavail`, :attr:`f_files`, :attr:`f_ffree`, :attr:`f_favail`,
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002819 :attr:`f_flag`, :attr:`f_namemax`, :attr:`f_fsid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002820
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002821 Two module-level constants are defined for the :attr:`f_flag` attribute's
2822 bit-flags: if :const:`ST_RDONLY` is set, the filesystem is mounted
2823 read-only, and if :const:`ST_NOSUID` is set, the semantics of
2824 setuid/setgid bits are disabled or not supported.
2825
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002826 Additional module-level constants are defined for GNU/glibc based systems.
2827 These are :const:`ST_NODEV` (disallow access to device special files),
2828 :const:`ST_NOEXEC` (disallow program execution), :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`
2829 (writes are synced at once), :const:`ST_MANDLOCK` (allow mandatory locks on an FS),
2830 :const:`ST_WRITE` (write on file/directory/symlink), :const:`ST_APPEND`
2831 (append-only file), :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE` (immutable file), :const:`ST_NOATIME`
2832 (do not update access times), :const:`ST_NODIRATIME` (do not update directory access
2833 times), :const:`ST_RELATIME` (update atime relative to mtime/ctime).
2834
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002835 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002836
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002837 .. availability:: Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002838
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002839 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2840 The :const:`ST_RDONLY` and :const:`ST_NOSUID` constants were added.
2841
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002842 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002843 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002844
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002845 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
2846 The :const:`ST_NODEV`, :const:`ST_NOEXEC`, :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`,
2847 :const:`ST_MANDLOCK`, :const:`ST_WRITE`, :const:`ST_APPEND`,
2848 :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE`, :const:`ST_NOATIME`, :const:`ST_NODIRATIME`,
2849 and :const:`ST_RELATIME` constants were added.
2850
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002851 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2852 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002853
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002854 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2855 Added :attr:`f_fsid`.
2856
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002857
2858.. data:: supports_dir_fd
2859
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002860 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os`
2861 module accept an open file descriptor for their *dir_fd* parameter.
2862 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2863 functionality Python uses to implement the *dir_fd* parameter is not
2864 available on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake,
2865 functions that may support *dir_fd* always allow specifying the
2866 parameter, but will throw an exception if the functionality is used
2867 when it's not locally available. (Specifying ``None`` for *dir_fd*
2868 is always supported on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002869
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002870 To check whether a particular function accepts an open file descriptor
2871 for its *dir_fd* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_dir_fd``.
2872 As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.stat`
2873 accepts open file descriptors for *dir_fd* on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002874
2875 os.stat in os.supports_dir_fd
2876
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002877 Currently *dir_fd* parameters only work on Unix platforms;
2878 none of them work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002879
2880 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2881
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002882
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002883.. data:: supports_effective_ids
2884
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002885 A :class:`set` object indicating whether :func:`os.access` permits
2886 specifying ``True`` for its *effective_ids* parameter on the local platform.
2887 (Specifying ``False`` for *effective_ids* is always supported on all
2888 platforms.) If the local platform supports it, the collection will contain
2889 :func:`os.access`; otherwise it will be empty.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002890
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002891 This expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.access` supports
2892 ``effective_ids=True`` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002893
2894 os.access in os.supports_effective_ids
2895
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002896 Currently *effective_ids* is only supported on Unix platforms;
2897 it does not work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002898
2899 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2900
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002901
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002902.. data:: supports_fd
2903
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002904 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002905 :mod:`os` module permit specifying their *path* parameter as an open file
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002906 descriptor on the local platform. Different platforms provide different
2907 features, and the underlying functionality Python uses to accept open file
2908 descriptors as *path* arguments is not available on all platforms Python
2909 supports.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002910
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002911 To determine whether a particular function permits specifying an open file
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002912 descriptor for its *path* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002913 ``supports_fd``. As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if
2914 :func:`os.chdir` accepts open file descriptors for *path* on your local
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002915 platform::
2916
2917 os.chdir in os.supports_fd
2918
2919 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2920
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002921
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002922.. data:: supports_follow_symlinks
2923
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002924 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os` module
2925 accept ``False`` for their *follow_symlinks* parameter on the local platform.
2926 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2927 functionality Python uses to implement *follow_symlinks* is not available
2928 on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake, functions that
2929 may support *follow_symlinks* always allow specifying the parameter, but
2930 will throw an exception if the functionality is used when it's not locally
2931 available. (Specifying ``True`` for *follow_symlinks* is always supported
2932 on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002933
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002934 To check whether a particular function accepts ``False`` for its
2935 *follow_symlinks* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
2936 ``supports_follow_symlinks``. As an example, this expression evaluates
2937 to ``True`` if you may specify ``follow_symlinks=False`` when calling
2938 :func:`os.stat` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002939
2940 os.stat in os.supports_follow_symlinks
2941
2942 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2943
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002944
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002945.. function:: symlink(src, dst, target_is_directory=False, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002946
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002947 Create a symbolic link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002948
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002949 On Windows, a symlink represents either a file or a directory, and does not
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04002950 morph to the target dynamically. If the target is present, the type of the
2951 symlink will be created to match. Otherwise, the symlink will be created
2952 as a directory if *target_is_directory* is ``True`` or a file symlink (the
l-n-sdaeb3c42018-11-14 00:13:12 +00002953 default) otherwise. On non-Windows platforms, *target_is_directory* is ignored.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00002954
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002955 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2956 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002957
Brian Curtin52173d42010-12-02 18:29:18 +00002958 .. note::
2959
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02002960 On newer versions of Windows 10, unprivileged accounts can create symlinks
2961 if Developer Mode is enabled. When Developer Mode is not available/enabled,
2962 the *SeCreateSymbolicLinkPrivilege* privilege is required, or the process
2963 must be run as an administrator.
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00002964
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04002965
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00002966 :exc:`OSError` is raised when the function is called by an unprivileged
2967 user.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00002968
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002969 .. audit-event:: os.symlink src,dst,dir_fd os.symlink
2970
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002971 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002972
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002973 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2974 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002975
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002976 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2977 Added the *dir_fd* argument, and now allow *target_is_directory*
2978 on non-Windows platforms.
2979
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002980 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2981 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2982
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02002983 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2984 Added support for unelevated symlinks on Windows with Developer Mode.
2985
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002986
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002987.. function:: sync()
2988
2989 Force write of everything to disk.
2990
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002991 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002992
2993 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2994
2995
2996.. function:: truncate(path, length)
2997
2998 Truncate the file corresponding to *path*, so that it is at most
2999 *length* bytes in size.
3000
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02003001 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
3002
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07003003 .. audit-event:: os.truncate path,length os.truncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07003004
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003005 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003006
3007 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3008
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -07003009 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
3010 Added support for Windows
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003011
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003012 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3013 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3014
3015
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003016.. function:: unlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003017
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08003018 Remove (delete) the file *path*. This function is semantically
3019 identical to :func:`remove`; the ``unlink`` name is its
3020 traditional Unix name. Please see the documentation for
3021 :func:`remove` for further information.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003022
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003023 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.unlink
3024
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003025 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003026 The *dir_fd* parameter.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003027
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003028 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3029 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3030
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003031
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003032.. function:: utime(path, times=None, *[, ns], dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003033
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003034 Set the access and modified times of the file specified by *path*.
3035
3036 :func:`utime` takes two optional parameters, *times* and *ns*.
3037 These specify the times set on *path* and are used as follows:
3038
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003039 - If *ns* is specified,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003040 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
3041 where each member is an int expressing nanoseconds.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003042 - If *times* is not ``None``,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003043 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime, mtime)``
3044 where each member is an int or float expressing seconds.
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003045 - If *times* is ``None`` and *ns* is unspecified,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003046 this is equivalent to specifying ``ns=(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003047 where both times are the current time.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003048
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003049 It is an error to specify tuples for both *times* and *ns*.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003050
Stéphane Wirtel7508a542018-05-01 12:02:26 +02003051 Note that the exact times you set here may not be returned by a subsequent
3052 :func:`~os.stat` call, depending on the resolution with which your operating
3053 system records access and modification times; see :func:`~os.stat`. The best
3054 way to preserve exact times is to use the *st_atime_ns* and *st_mtime_ns*
3055 fields from the :func:`os.stat` result object with the *ns* parameter to
3056 `utime`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003057
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003058 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
3059 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
3060 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003061
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003062 .. audit-event:: os.utime path,times,ns,dir_fd os.utime
3063
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003064 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003065 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003066 and the *dir_fd*, *follow_symlinks*, and *ns* parameters.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003067
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003068 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3069 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3070
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003071
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00003072.. function:: walk(top, topdown=True, onerror=None, followlinks=False)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003073
3074 .. index::
3075 single: directory; walking
3076 single: directory; traversal
3077
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003078 Generate the file names in a directory tree by walking the tree
3079 either top-down or bottom-up. For each directory in the tree rooted at directory
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003080 *top* (including *top* itself), it yields a 3-tuple ``(dirpath, dirnames,
3081 filenames)``.
3082
3083 *dirpath* is a string, the path to the directory. *dirnames* is a list of the
3084 names of the subdirectories in *dirpath* (excluding ``'.'`` and ``'..'``).
3085 *filenames* is a list of the names of the non-directory files in *dirpath*.
3086 Note that the names in the lists contain no path components. To get a full path
3087 (which begins with *top*) to a file or directory in *dirpath*, do
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03003088 ``os.path.join(dirpath, name)``. Whether or not the lists are sorted
3089 depends on the file system. If a file is removed from or added to the
3090 *dirpath* directory during generating the lists, whether a name for that
3091 file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003092
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003093 If optional argument *topdown* is ``True`` or not specified, the triple for a
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003094 directory is generated before the triples for any of its subdirectories
Benjamin Petersone58e0c72014-06-15 20:51:12 -07003095 (directories are generated top-down). If *topdown* is ``False``, the triple
3096 for a directory is generated after the triples for all of its subdirectories
3097 (directories are generated bottom-up). No matter the value of *topdown*, the
3098 list of subdirectories is retrieved before the tuples for the directory and
3099 its subdirectories are generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003100
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003101 When *topdown* is ``True``, the caller can modify the *dirnames* list in-place
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003102 (perhaps using :keyword:`del` or slice assignment), and :func:`walk` will only
3103 recurse into the subdirectories whose names remain in *dirnames*; this can be
3104 used to prune the search, impose a specific order of visiting, or even to inform
3105 :func:`walk` about directories the caller creates or renames before it resumes
Victor Stinner0e316f62015-10-23 12:38:11 +02003106 :func:`walk` again. Modifying *dirnames* when *topdown* is ``False`` has
3107 no effect on the behavior of the walk, because in bottom-up mode the directories
3108 in *dirnames* are generated before *dirpath* itself is generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003109
Andrés Delfinobadb8942018-04-02 23:48:54 -03003110 By default, errors from the :func:`scandir` call are ignored. If optional
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003111 argument *onerror* is specified, it should be a function; it will be called with
3112 one argument, an :exc:`OSError` instance. It can report the error to continue
3113 with the walk, or raise the exception to abort the walk. Note that the filename
3114 is available as the ``filename`` attribute of the exception object.
3115
3116 By default, :func:`walk` will not walk down into symbolic links that resolve to
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003117 directories. Set *followlinks* to ``True`` to visit directories pointed to by
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003118 symlinks, on systems that support them.
3119
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003120 .. note::
3121
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003122 Be aware that setting *followlinks* to ``True`` can lead to infinite
3123 recursion if a link points to a parent directory of itself. :func:`walk`
3124 does not keep track of the directories it visited already.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003125
3126 .. note::
3127
3128 If you pass a relative pathname, don't change the current working directory
3129 between resumptions of :func:`walk`. :func:`walk` never changes the current
3130 directory, and assumes that its caller doesn't either.
3131
3132 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3133 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3134 CVS subdirectory::
3135
3136 import os
3137 from os.path import join, getsize
3138 for root, dirs, files in os.walk('python/Lib/email'):
Georg Brandl6911e3c2007-09-04 07:15:32 +00003139 print(root, "consumes", end=" ")
3140 print(sum(getsize(join(root, name)) for name in files), end=" ")
3141 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003142 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3143 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3144
Victor Stinner47c41b42015-03-10 13:31:47 +01003145 In the next example (simple implementation of :func:`shutil.rmtree`),
3146 walking the tree bottom-up is essential, :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow
3147 deleting a directory before the directory is empty::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003148
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003149 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003150 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3151 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3152 # could delete all your disk files.
3153 import os
3154 for root, dirs, files in os.walk(top, topdown=False):
3155 for name in files:
3156 os.remove(os.path.join(root, name))
3157 for name in dirs:
3158 os.rmdir(os.path.join(root, name))
3159
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003160 .. audit-event:: os.walk top,topdown,onerror,followlinks os.walk
3161
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003162 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02003163 This function now calls :func:`os.scandir` instead of :func:`os.listdir`,
3164 making it faster by reducing the number of calls to :func:`os.stat`.
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003165
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003166 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3167 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3168
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003169
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003170.. function:: fwalk(top='.', topdown=True, onerror=None, *, follow_symlinks=False, dir_fd=None)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003171
3172 .. index::
3173 single: directory; walking
3174 single: directory; traversal
3175
Eli Benderskyd049d5c2012-02-11 09:52:29 +02003176 This behaves exactly like :func:`walk`, except that it yields a 4-tuple
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003177 ``(dirpath, dirnames, filenames, dirfd)``, and it supports ``dir_fd``.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003178
3179 *dirpath*, *dirnames* and *filenames* are identical to :func:`walk` output,
3180 and *dirfd* is a file descriptor referring to the directory *dirpath*.
3181
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003182 This function always supports :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003183 <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. Note however
Larry Hastings950b76a2012-07-15 17:32:36 -07003184 that, unlike other functions, the :func:`fwalk` default value for
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003185 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003186
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003187 .. note::
3188
3189 Since :func:`fwalk` yields file descriptors, those are only valid until
3190 the next iteration step, so you should duplicate them (e.g. with
3191 :func:`dup`) if you want to keep them longer.
3192
3193 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3194 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3195 CVS subdirectory::
3196
3197 import os
3198 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk('python/Lib/email'):
3199 print(root, "consumes", end="")
Hynek Schlawack1729b8f2012-06-24 16:11:08 +02003200 print(sum([os.stat(name, dir_fd=rootfd).st_size for name in files]),
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003201 end="")
3202 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
3203 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3204 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3205
3206 In the next example, walking the tree bottom-up is essential:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003207 :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow deleting a directory before the directory is
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003208 empty::
3209
3210 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
3211 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3212 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3213 # could delete all your disk files.
3214 import os
3215 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk(top, topdown=False):
3216 for name in files:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003217 os.unlink(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003218 for name in dirs:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003219 os.rmdir(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003220
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003221 .. audit-event:: os.fwalk top,topdown,onerror,follow_symlinks,dir_fd os.fwalk
3222
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003223 .. availability:: Unix.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003224
3225 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3226
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003227 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3228 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3229
Serhiy Storchaka8f6b3442017-03-07 14:33:21 +02003230 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
3231 Added support for :class:`bytes` paths.
3232
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003233
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003234.. function:: memfd_create(name[, flags=os.MFD_CLOEXEC])
3235
3236 Create an anonymous file and return a file descriptor that refers to it.
3237 *flags* must be one of the ``os.MFD_*`` constants available on the system
3238 (or a bitwise ORed combination of them). By default, the new file
3239 descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3240
Victor Stinnerccf0efb2019-06-05 12:24:52 +02003241 The name supplied in *name* is used as a filename and will be displayed as
3242 the target of the corresponding symbolic link in the directory
3243 ``/proc/self/fd/``. The displayed name is always prefixed with ``memfd:``
3244 and serves only for debugging purposes. Names do not affect the behavior of
3245 the file descriptor, and as such multiple files can have the same name
3246 without any side effects.
3247
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003248 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer.
3249
3250 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3251
3252
3253.. data:: MFD_CLOEXEC
3254 MFD_ALLOW_SEALING
3255 MFD_HUGETLB
3256 MFD_HUGE_SHIFT
3257 MFD_HUGE_MASK
3258 MFD_HUGE_64KB
3259 MFD_HUGE_512KB
3260 MFD_HUGE_1MB
3261 MFD_HUGE_2MB
3262 MFD_HUGE_8MB
3263 MFD_HUGE_16MB
3264 MFD_HUGE_32MB
3265 MFD_HUGE_256MB
3266 MFD_HUGE_512MB
3267 MFD_HUGE_1GB
3268 MFD_HUGE_2GB
3269 MFD_HUGE_16GB
3270
3271 These flags can be passed to :func:`memfd_create`.
3272
3273 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer. The
3274 ``MFD_HUGE*`` flags are only available since Linux 4.14.
3275
3276 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3277
3278
Christian Heimescd9fed62020-11-13 19:48:52 +01003279.. function:: eventfd(initval[, flags=os.EFD_CLOEXEC])
3280
3281 Create and return an event file descriptor. The file descriptors supports
3282 raw :func:`read` and :func:`write` with a buffer size of 8,
3283 :func:`~select.select`, :func:`~select.poll` and similar. See man page
3284 :manpage:`eventfd(2)` for more information. By default, the
3285 new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3286
3287 *initval* is the initial value of the event counter. The initial value
3288 must be an 32 bit unsigned integer. Please note that the initial value is
3289 limited to a 32 bit unsigned int although the event counter is an unsigned
3290 64 bit integer with a maximum value of 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3291
3292 *flags* can be constructed from :const:`EFD_CLOEXEC`,
3293 :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK`, and :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE`.
3294
3295 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is specified and the event counter is non-zero,
3296 :func:`eventfd_read` returns 1 and decrements the counter by one.
3297
3298 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is not specified and the event counter is
3299 non-zero, :func:`eventfd_read` returns the current event counter value and
3300 resets the counter to zero.
3301
3302 If the event counter is zero and :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK` is not
3303 specified, :func:`eventfd_read` blocks.
3304
3305 :func:`eventfd_write` increments the event counter. Write blocks if the
3306 write operation would increment the counter to a value larger than
3307 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3308
3309 Example::
3310
3311 import os
3312
3313 # semaphore with start value '1'
3314 fd = os.eventfd(1, os.EFD_SEMAPHORE | os.EFC_CLOEXEC)
3315 try:
3316 # acquire semaphore
3317 v = os.eventfd_read(fd)
3318 try:
3319 do_work()
3320 finally:
3321 # release semaphore
3322 os.eventfd_write(fd, v)
3323 finally:
3324 os.close(fd)
3325
3326 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.27 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3327
3328 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3329
3330.. function:: eventfd_read(fd)
3331
3332 Read value from an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor and return a 64 bit
3333 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3334
3335 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3336
3337 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3338
3339.. function:: eventfd_write(fd, value)
3340
3341 Add value to an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor. *value* must be a 64 bit
3342 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3343
3344 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3345
3346 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3347
3348.. data:: EFD_CLOEXEC
3349
3350 Set close-on-exec flag for new :func:`eventfd` file descriptor.
3351
3352 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3353
3354 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3355
3356.. data:: EFD_NONBLOCK
3357
3358 Set :const:`O_NONBLOCK` status flag for new :func:`eventfd` file
3359 descriptor.
3360
3361 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3362
3363 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3364
3365.. data:: EFD_SEMAPHORE
3366
3367 Provide semaphore-like semantics for reads from a :func:`eventfd` file
3368 descriptor. On read the internal counter is decremented by one.
3369
3370 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3371
3372 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3373
3374
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003375Linux extended attributes
3376~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3377
3378.. versionadded:: 3.3
3379
3380These functions are all available on Linux only.
3381
3382.. function:: getxattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3383
3384 Return the value of the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* for
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003385 *path*. *attribute* can be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3386 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is str, it is encoded with the filesystem
3387 encoding.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003388
3389 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3390 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3391
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003392 .. audit-event:: os.getxattr path,attribute os.getxattr
3393
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003394 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksagd4d48742017-02-19 03:17:35 +03003395 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003396
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003397
3398.. function:: listxattr(path=None, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3399
3400 Return a list of the extended filesystem attributes on *path*. The
3401 attributes in the list are represented as strings decoded with the filesystem
3402 encoding. If *path* is ``None``, :func:`listxattr` will examine the current
3403 directory.
3404
3405 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3406 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3407
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003408 .. audit-event:: os.listxattr path os.listxattr
3409
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003410 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3411 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3412
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003413
3414.. function:: removexattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3415
3416 Removes the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* from *path*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003417 *attribute* should be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3418 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a string, it is encoded
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003419 with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003420
3421 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3422 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3423
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003424 .. audit-event:: os.removexattr path,attribute os.removexattr
3425
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003426 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3427 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3428
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003429
3430.. function:: setxattr(path, attribute, value, flags=0, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3431
3432 Set the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* on *path* to *value*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003433 *attribute* must be a bytes or str with no embedded NULs (directly or
3434 indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a str,
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003435 it is encoded with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`. *flags* may be
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003436 :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` or :data:`XATTR_CREATE`. If :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` is
3437 given and the attribute does not exist, ``EEXISTS`` will be raised.
3438 If :data:`XATTR_CREATE` is given and the attribute already exists, the
3439 attribute will not be created and ``ENODATA`` will be raised.
3440
3441 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3442 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3443
3444 .. note::
3445
3446 A bug in Linux kernel versions less than 2.6.39 caused the flags argument
3447 to be ignored on some filesystems.
3448
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003449 .. audit-event:: os.setxattr path,attribute,value,flags os.setxattr
3450
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003451 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3452 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3453
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003454
3455.. data:: XATTR_SIZE_MAX
3456
3457 The maximum size the value of an extended attribute can be. Currently, this
Serhiy Storchakaf8def282013-02-16 17:29:56 +02003458 is 64 KiB on Linux.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003459
3460
3461.. data:: XATTR_CREATE
3462
3463 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3464 indicates the operation must create an attribute.
3465
3466
3467.. data:: XATTR_REPLACE
3468
3469 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3470 indicates the operation must replace an existing attribute.
3471
3472
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003473.. _os-process:
3474
3475Process Management
3476------------------
3477
3478These functions may be used to create and manage processes.
3479
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003480The various :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions take a list of arguments for the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003481program loaded into the process. In each case, the first of these arguments is
3482passed to the new program as its own name rather than as an argument a user may
3483have typed on a command line. For the C programmer, this is the ``argv[0]``
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00003484passed to a program's :c:func:`main`. For example, ``os.execv('/bin/echo',
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003485['foo', 'bar'])`` will only print ``bar`` on standard output; ``foo`` will seem
3486to be ignored.
3487
3488
3489.. function:: abort()
3490
3491 Generate a :const:`SIGABRT` signal to the current process. On Unix, the default
3492 behavior is to produce a core dump; on Windows, the process immediately returns
Victor Stinner6e2e3b92011-07-08 02:26:39 +02003493 an exit code of ``3``. Be aware that calling this function will not call the
3494 Python signal handler registered for :const:`SIGABRT` with
3495 :func:`signal.signal`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003496
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003497
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003498.. function:: add_dll_directory(path)
3499
3500 Add a path to the DLL search path.
3501
3502 This search path is used when resolving dependencies for imported
3503 extension modules (the module itself is resolved through sys.path),
3504 and also by :mod:`ctypes`.
3505
3506 Remove the directory by calling **close()** on the returned object
3507 or using it in a :keyword:`with` statement.
3508
3509 See the `Microsoft documentation
3510 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/44228cf2-6306-466c-8f16-f513cd3ba8b5>`_
3511 for more information about how DLLs are loaded.
3512
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003513 .. audit-event:: os.add_dll_directory path os.add_dll_directory
3514
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003515 .. availability:: Windows.
3516
3517 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3518 Previous versions of CPython would resolve DLLs using the default
3519 behavior for the current process. This led to inconsistencies,
3520 such as only sometimes searching :envvar:`PATH` or the current
3521 working directory, and OS functions such as ``AddDllDirectory``
3522 having no effect.
3523
3524 In 3.8, the two primary ways DLLs are loaded now explicitly
3525 override the process-wide behavior to ensure consistency. See the
3526 :ref:`porting notes <bpo-36085-whatsnew>` for information on
3527 updating libraries.
3528
3529
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003530.. function:: execl(path, arg0, arg1, ...)
3531 execle(path, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3532 execlp(file, arg0, arg1, ...)
3533 execlpe(file, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3534 execv(path, args)
3535 execve(path, args, env)
3536 execvp(file, args)
3537 execvpe(file, args, env)
3538
3539 These functions all execute a new program, replacing the current process; they
3540 do not return. On Unix, the new executable is loaded into the current process,
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003541 and will have the same process id as the caller. Errors will be reported as
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003542 :exc:`OSError` exceptions.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003543
3544 The current process is replaced immediately. Open file objects and
3545 descriptors are not flushed, so if there may be data buffered
3546 on these open files, you should flush them using
3547 :func:`sys.stdout.flush` or :func:`os.fsync` before calling an
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003548 :func:`exec\* <execl>` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003549
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003550 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003551 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003552 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
3553 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the :func:`execl\*`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003554 functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of parameters is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003555 variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as the *args*
3556 parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process should start with
3557 the name of the command being run, but this is not enforced.
3558
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003559 The variants which include a "p" near the end (:func:`execlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003560 :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execvp`, and :func:`execvpe`) will use the
3561 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003562 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`exec\*e <execl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003563 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
3564 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`execl`, :func:`execle`,
3565 :func:`execv`, and :func:`execve`, will not use the :envvar:`PATH` variable to
3566 locate the executable; *path* must contain an appropriate absolute or relative
3567 path.
3568
3569 For :func:`execle`, :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execve`, and :func:`execvpe` (note
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003570 that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping which is
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00003571 used to define the environment variables for the new process (these are used
3572 instead of the current process' environment); the functions :func:`execl`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003573 :func:`execlp`, :func:`execv`, and :func:`execvp` all cause the new process to
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003574 inherit the environment of the current process.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003575
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003576 For :func:`execve` on some platforms, *path* may also be specified as an open
3577 file descriptor. This functionality may not be supported on your platform;
3578 you can check whether or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
3579 If it is unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
3580
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003581 .. audit-event:: os.exec path,args,env os.execl
3582
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003583 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003584
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003585 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003586 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003587 for :func:`execve`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003588
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003589 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3590 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3591
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003592.. function:: _exit(n)
3593
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003594 Exit the process with status *n*, without calling cleanup handlers, flushing
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003595 stdio buffers, etc.
3596
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003597 .. note::
3598
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003599 The standard way to exit is ``sys.exit(n)``. :func:`_exit` should
3600 normally only be used in the child process after a :func:`fork`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003601
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003602The following exit codes are defined and can be used with :func:`_exit`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003603although they are not required. These are typically used for system programs
3604written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program.
3605
3606.. note::
3607
3608 Some of these may not be available on all Unix platforms, since there is some
3609 variation. These constants are defined where they are defined by the underlying
3610 platform.
3611
3612
3613.. data:: EX_OK
3614
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003615 Exit code that means no error occurred.
3616
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003617 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003618
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003619
3620.. data:: EX_USAGE
3621
3622 Exit code that means the command was used incorrectly, such as when the wrong
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003623 number of arguments are given.
3624
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003625 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003626
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003627
3628.. data:: EX_DATAERR
3629
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003630 Exit code that means the input data was incorrect.
3631
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003632 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003633
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003634
3635.. data:: EX_NOINPUT
3636
3637 Exit code that means an input file did not exist or was not readable.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003638
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003639 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003640
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003641
3642.. data:: EX_NOUSER
3643
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003644 Exit code that means a specified user did not exist.
3645
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003646 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003647
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003648
3649.. data:: EX_NOHOST
3650
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003651 Exit code that means a specified host did not exist.
3652
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003653 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003654
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003655
3656.. data:: EX_UNAVAILABLE
3657
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003658 Exit code that means that a required service is unavailable.
3659
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003660 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003661
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003662
3663.. data:: EX_SOFTWARE
3664
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003665 Exit code that means an internal software error was detected.
3666
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003667 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003668
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003669
3670.. data:: EX_OSERR
3671
3672 Exit code that means an operating system error was detected, such as the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003673 inability to fork or create a pipe.
3674
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003675 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003676
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003677
3678.. data:: EX_OSFILE
3679
3680 Exit code that means some system file did not exist, could not be opened, or had
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003681 some other kind of error.
3682
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003683 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003684
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003685
3686.. data:: EX_CANTCREAT
3687
3688 Exit code that means a user specified output file could not be created.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003689
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003690 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003691
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003692
3693.. data:: EX_IOERR
3694
3695 Exit code that means that an error occurred while doing I/O on some file.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003696
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003697 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003698
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003699
3700.. data:: EX_TEMPFAIL
3701
3702 Exit code that means a temporary failure occurred. This indicates something
3703 that may not really be an error, such as a network connection that couldn't be
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003704 made during a retryable operation.
3705
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003706 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003707
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003708
3709.. data:: EX_PROTOCOL
3710
3711 Exit code that means that a protocol exchange was illegal, invalid, or not
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003712 understood.
3713
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003714 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003715
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003716
3717.. data:: EX_NOPERM
3718
3719 Exit code that means that there were insufficient permissions to perform the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003720 operation (but not intended for file system problems).
3721
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003722 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003723
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003724
3725.. data:: EX_CONFIG
3726
3727 Exit code that means that some kind of configuration error occurred.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003728
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003729 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003730
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003731
3732.. data:: EX_NOTFOUND
3733
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003734 Exit code that means something like "an entry was not found".
3735
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003736 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003737
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003738
3739.. function:: fork()
3740
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003741 Fork a child process. Return ``0`` in the child and the child's process id in the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003742 parent. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003743
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07003744 Note that some platforms including FreeBSD <= 6.3 and Cygwin have
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003745 known issues when using ``fork()`` from a thread.
3746
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003747 .. audit-event:: os.fork "" os.fork
3748
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003749 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3750 Calling ``fork()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3751 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003752
Christian Heimes3046fe42013-10-29 21:08:56 +01003753 .. warning::
3754
3755 See :mod:`ssl` for applications that use the SSL module with fork().
3756
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003757 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003758
3759
3760.. function:: forkpty()
3761
3762 Fork a child process, using a new pseudo-terminal as the child's controlling
3763 terminal. Return a pair of ``(pid, fd)``, where *pid* is ``0`` in the child, the
3764 new child's process id in the parent, and *fd* is the file descriptor of the
3765 master end of the pseudo-terminal. For a more portable approach, use the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003766 :mod:`pty` module. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003767
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003768 .. audit-event:: os.forkpty "" os.forkpty
3769
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003770 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3771 Calling ``forkpty()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3772 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
3773
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003774 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003775
3776
3777.. function:: kill(pid, sig)
3778
3779 .. index::
3780 single: process; killing
3781 single: process; signalling
3782
3783 Send signal *sig* to the process *pid*. Constants for the specific signals
3784 available on the host platform are defined in the :mod:`signal` module.
Brian Curtineb24d742010-04-12 17:16:38 +00003785
3786 Windows: The :data:`signal.CTRL_C_EVENT` and
3787 :data:`signal.CTRL_BREAK_EVENT` signals are special signals which can
3788 only be sent to console processes which share a common console window,
3789 e.g., some subprocesses. Any other value for *sig* will cause the process
3790 to be unconditionally killed by the TerminateProcess API, and the exit code
3791 will be set to *sig*. The Windows version of :func:`kill` additionally takes
3792 process handles to be killed.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003793
Victor Stinnerb3e72192011-05-08 01:46:11 +02003794 See also :func:`signal.pthread_kill`.
3795
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003796 .. audit-event:: os.kill pid,sig os.kill
3797
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +00003798 .. versionadded:: 3.2
3799 Windows support.
Brian Curtin904bd392010-04-20 15:28:06 +00003800
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003801
3802.. function:: killpg(pgid, sig)
3803
3804 .. index::
3805 single: process; killing
3806 single: process; signalling
3807
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003808 Send the signal *sig* to the process group *pgid*.
3809
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003810 .. audit-event:: os.killpg pgid,sig os.killpg
3811
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003812 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003813
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003814
3815.. function:: nice(increment)
3816
3817 Add *increment* to the process's "niceness". Return the new niceness.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003818
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003819 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003820
3821
Benjamin Peterson6c4c45e2019-11-05 19:21:29 -08003822.. function:: pidfd_open(pid, flags=0)
3823
3824 Return a file descriptor referring to the process *pid*. This descriptor can
3825 be used to perform process management without races and signals. The *flags*
3826 argument is provided for future extensions; no flag values are currently
3827 defined.
3828
3829 See the :manpage:`pidfd_open(2)` man page for more details.
3830
3831 .. availability:: Linux 5.3+
3832 .. versionadded:: 3.9
3833
3834
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003835.. function:: plock(op)
3836
3837 Lock program segments into memory. The value of *op* (defined in
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003838 ``<sys/lock.h>``) determines which segments are locked.
3839
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003840 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003841
3842
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003843.. function:: popen(cmd, mode='r', buffering=-1)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003844
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003845 Open a pipe to or from command *cmd*.
3846 The return value is an open file object
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003847 connected to the pipe, which can be read or written depending on whether *mode*
3848 is ``'r'`` (default) or ``'w'``. The *buffering* argument has the same meaning as
3849 the corresponding argument to the built-in :func:`open` function. The
3850 returned file object reads or writes text strings rather than bytes.
3851
3852 The ``close`` method returns :const:`None` if the subprocess exited
3853 successfully, or the subprocess's return code if there was an
3854 error. On POSIX systems, if the return code is positive it
3855 represents the return value of the process left-shifted by one
3856 byte. If the return code is negative, the process was terminated
3857 by the signal given by the negated value of the return code. (For
3858 example, the return value might be ``- signal.SIGKILL`` if the
3859 subprocess was killed.) On Windows systems, the return value
3860 contains the signed integer return code from the child process.
3861
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02003862 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the ``close``
3863 method result (exit status) into an exit code if it is not ``None``. On
3864 Windows, the ``close`` method result is directly the exit code
3865 (or ``None``).
3866
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003867 This is implemented using :class:`subprocess.Popen`; see that class's
3868 documentation for more powerful ways to manage and communicate with
3869 subprocesses.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003870
3871
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003872.. function:: posix_spawn(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003873 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003874 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003875
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003876 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawn` C library API for use from Python.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003877
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003878 Most users should use :func:`subprocess.run` instead of :func:`posix_spawn`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003879
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003880 The positional-only arguments *path*, *args*, and *env* are similar to
3881 :func:`execve`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003882
Tomer Cohen5b57fa62020-10-20 12:08:58 +03003883 The *path* parameter is the path to the executable file. The *path* should
3884 contain a directory. Use :func:`posix_spawnp` to pass an executable file
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003885 without directory.
3886
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003887 The *file_actions* argument may be a sequence of tuples describing actions
3888 to take on specific file descriptors in the child process between the C
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003889 library implementation's :c:func:`fork` and :c:func:`exec` steps.
3890 The first item in each tuple must be one of the three type indicator
3891 listed below describing the remaining tuple elements:
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003892
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003893 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003894
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003895 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN``, *fd*, *path*, *flags*, *mode*)
3896
3897 Performs ``os.dup2(os.open(path, flags, mode), fd)``.
3898
3899 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE
3900
3901 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE``, *fd*)
3902
3903 Performs ``os.close(fd)``.
3904
3905 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2
3906
3907 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2``, *fd*, *new_fd*)
3908
3909 Performs ``os.dup2(fd, new_fd)``.
3910
3911 These tuples correspond to the C library
3912 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen`,
3913 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose`, and
3914 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2` API calls used to prepare
3915 for the :c:func:`posix_spawn` call itself.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003916
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003917 The *setpgroup* argument will set the process group of the child to the value
3918 specified. If the value specified is 0, the child's process group ID will be
3919 made the same as its process ID. If the value of *setpgroup* is not set, the
3920 child will inherit the parent's process group ID. This argument corresponds
3921 to the C library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP` flag.
3922
3923 If the *resetids* argument is ``True`` it will reset the effective UID and
3924 GID of the child to the real UID and GID of the parent process. If the
3925 argument is ``False``, then the child retains the effective UID and GID of
3926 the parent. In either case, if the set-user-ID and set-group-ID permission
3927 bits are enabled on the executable file, their effect will override the
3928 setting of the effective UID and GID. This argument corresponds to the C
3929 library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS` flag.
3930
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003931 If the *setsid* argument is ``True``, it will create a new session ID
3932 for `posix_spawn`. *setsid* requires :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID`
3933 or :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID_NP` flag. Otherwise, :exc:`NotImplementedError`
3934 is raised.
3935
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003936 The *setsigmask* argument will set the signal mask to the signal set
3937 specified. If the parameter is not used, then the child inherits the
3938 parent's signal mask. This argument corresponds to the C library
3939 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK` flag.
3940
3941 The *sigdef* argument will reset the disposition of all signals in the set
3942 specified. This argument corresponds to the C library
3943 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF` flag.
3944
3945 The *scheduler* argument must be a tuple containing the (optional) scheduler
3946 policy and an instance of :class:`sched_param` with the scheduler parameters.
3947 A value of ``None`` in the place of the scheduler policy indicates that is
3948 not being provided. This argument is a combination of the C library
3949 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM` and :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER`
3950 flags.
3951
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003952 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawn
3953
Mark Williams8b504002019-03-03 09:42:25 -08003954 .. versionadded:: 3.8
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003955
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003956 .. availability:: Unix.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003957
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003958.. function:: posix_spawnp(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003959 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003960 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
3961
3962 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawnp` C library API for use from Python.
3963
3964 Similar to :func:`posix_spawn` except that the system searches
3965 for the *executable* file in the list of directories specified by the
3966 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable (in the same way as for ``execvp(3)``).
3967
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003968 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawnp
3969
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003970 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3971
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003972 .. availability:: See :func:`posix_spawn` documentation.
3973
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003974
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07003975.. function:: register_at_fork(*, before=None, after_in_parent=None, \
3976 after_in_child=None)
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02003977
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07003978 Register callables to be executed when a new child process is forked
3979 using :func:`os.fork` or similar process cloning APIs.
3980 The parameters are optional and keyword-only.
3981 Each specifies a different call point.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02003982
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07003983 * *before* is a function called before forking a child process.
3984 * *after_in_parent* is a function called from the parent process
3985 after forking a child process.
3986 * *after_in_child* is a function called from the child process.
3987
3988 These calls are only made if control is expected to return to the
3989 Python interpreter. A typical :mod:`subprocess` launch will not
3990 trigger them as the child is not going to re-enter the interpreter.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02003991
3992 Functions registered for execution before forking are called in
3993 reverse registration order. Functions registered for execution
3994 after forking (either in the parent or in the child) are called
3995 in registration order.
3996
3997 Note that :c:func:`fork` calls made by third-party C code may not
3998 call those functions, unless it explicitly calls :c:func:`PyOS_BeforeFork`,
3999 :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Parent` and :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Child`.
4000
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004001 There is no way to unregister a function.
4002
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004003 .. availability:: Unix.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004004
4005 .. versionadded:: 3.7
4006
4007
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004008.. function:: spawnl(mode, path, ...)
4009 spawnle(mode, path, ..., env)
4010 spawnlp(mode, file, ...)
4011 spawnlpe(mode, file, ..., env)
4012 spawnv(mode, path, args)
4013 spawnve(mode, path, args, env)
4014 spawnvp(mode, file, args)
4015 spawnvpe(mode, file, args, env)
4016
4017 Execute the program *path* in a new process.
4018
4019 (Note that the :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for
4020 spawning new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is
Benjamin Peterson87c8d872009-06-11 22:54:11 +00004021 preferable to using these functions. Check especially the
4022 :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004023
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004024 If *mode* is :const:`P_NOWAIT`, this function returns the process id of the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004025 process; if *mode* is :const:`P_WAIT`, returns the process's exit code if it
4026 exits normally, or ``-signal``, where *signal* is the signal that killed the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004027 process. On Windows, the process id will actually be the process handle, so can
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004028 be used with the :func:`waitpid` function.
4029
pxinwrf2d7ac72019-05-21 18:46:37 +08004030 Note on VxWorks, this function doesn't return ``-signal`` when the new process is
4031 killed. Instead it raises OSError exception.
4032
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004033 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004034 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004035 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
4036 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004037 :func:`spawnl\*` functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004038 parameters is variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as
4039 the *args* parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process must
4040 start with the name of the command being run.
4041
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004042 The variants which include a second "p" near the end (:func:`spawnlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004043 :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`, and :func:`spawnvpe`) will use the
4044 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004045 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`spawn\*e <spawnl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004046 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
4047 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`spawnl`,
4048 :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnve`, will not use the
4049 :envvar:`PATH` variable to locate the executable; *path* must contain an
4050 appropriate absolute or relative path.
4051
4052 For :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnve`, and :func:`spawnvpe`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004053 (note that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00004054 which is used to define the environment variables for the new process (they are
4055 used instead of the current process' environment); the functions
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004056 :func:`spawnl`, :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnvp` all cause
Benjamin Petersond23f8222009-04-05 19:13:16 +00004057 the new process to inherit the environment of the current process. Note that
4058 keys and values in the *env* dictionary must be strings; invalid keys or
4059 values will cause the function to fail, with a return value of ``127``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004060
4061 As an example, the following calls to :func:`spawnlp` and :func:`spawnvpe` are
4062 equivalent::
4063
4064 import os
4065 os.spawnlp(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', 'cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null')
4066
4067 L = ['cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null']
4068 os.spawnvpe(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', L, os.environ)
4069
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004070 .. audit-event:: os.spawn mode,path,args,env os.spawnl
4071
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004072 .. availability:: Unix, Windows. :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`
4073 and :func:`spawnvpe` are not available on Windows. :func:`spawnle` and
4074 :func:`spawnve` are not thread-safe on Windows; we advise you to use the
4075 :mod:`subprocess` module instead.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004076
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07004077 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
4078 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
4079
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004080
4081.. data:: P_NOWAIT
4082 P_NOWAITO
4083
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004084 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004085 functions. If either of these values is given, the :func:`spawn\*` functions
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004086 will return as soon as the new process has been created, with the process id as
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004087 the return value.
4088
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004089 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004090
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004091
4092.. data:: P_WAIT
4093
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004094 Possible value for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004095 functions. If this is given as *mode*, the :func:`spawn\*` functions will not
4096 return until the new process has run to completion and will return the exit code
4097 of the process the run is successful, or ``-signal`` if a signal kills the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004098 process.
4099
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004100 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004101
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004102
4103.. data:: P_DETACH
4104 P_OVERLAY
4105
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004106 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004107 functions. These are less portable than those listed above. :const:`P_DETACH`
4108 is similar to :const:`P_NOWAIT`, but the new process is detached from the
4109 console of the calling process. If :const:`P_OVERLAY` is used, the current
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004110 process will be replaced; the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` function will not return.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004111
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004112 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004113
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004114
4115.. function:: startfile(path[, operation])
4116
4117 Start a file with its associated application.
4118
4119 When *operation* is not specified or ``'open'``, this acts like double-clicking
4120 the file in Windows Explorer, or giving the file name as an argument to the
4121 :program:`start` command from the interactive command shell: the file is opened
4122 with whatever application (if any) its extension is associated.
4123
4124 When another *operation* is given, it must be a "command verb" that specifies
4125 what should be done with the file. Common verbs documented by Microsoft are
4126 ``'print'`` and ``'edit'`` (to be used on files) as well as ``'explore'`` and
4127 ``'find'`` (to be used on directories).
4128
4129 :func:`startfile` returns as soon as the associated application is launched.
4130 There is no option to wait for the application to close, and no way to retrieve
4131 the application's exit status. The *path* parameter is relative to the current
4132 directory. If you want to use an absolute path, make sure the first character
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00004133 is not a slash (``'/'``); the underlying Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` function
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004134 doesn't work if it is. Use the :func:`os.path.normpath` function to ensure that
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004135 the path is properly encoded for Win32.
4136
Steve Dower7d0e0c92015-01-24 08:18:24 -08004137 To reduce interpreter startup overhead, the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute`
4138 function is not resolved until this function is first called. If the function
4139 cannot be resolved, :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised.
4140
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004141 .. audit-event:: os.startfile path,operation os.startfile
4142
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004143 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004144
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004145
4146.. function:: system(command)
4147
4148 Execute the command (a string) in a subshell. This is implemented by calling
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00004149 the Standard C function :c:func:`system`, and has the same limitations.
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004150 Changes to :data:`sys.stdin`, etc. are not reflected in the environment of
4151 the executed command. If *command* generates any output, it will be sent to
4152 the interpreter standard output stream.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004153
4154 On Unix, the return value is the exit status of the process encoded in the
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004155 format specified for :func:`wait`. Note that POSIX does not specify the
4156 meaning of the return value of the C :c:func:`system` function, so the return
4157 value of the Python function is system-dependent.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004158
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004159 On Windows, the return value is that returned by the system shell after
4160 running *command*. The shell is given by the Windows environment variable
4161 :envvar:`COMSPEC`: it is usually :program:`cmd.exe`, which returns the exit
4162 status of the command run; on systems using a non-native shell, consult your
4163 shell documentation.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004164
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004165 The :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for spawning
4166 new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is preferable
4167 to using this function. See the :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section in
4168 the :mod:`subprocess` documentation for some helpful recipes.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004169
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004170 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the result
4171 (exit status) into an exit code. On Windows, the result is directly the exit
4172 code.
4173
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07004174 .. audit-event:: os.system command os.system
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07004175
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004176 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004177
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004178
4179.. function:: times()
4180
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004181 Returns the current global process times.
4182 The return value is an object with five attributes:
4183
4184 * :attr:`user` - user time
4185 * :attr:`system` - system time
4186 * :attr:`children_user` - user time of all child processes
4187 * :attr:`children_system` - system time of all child processes
4188 * :attr:`elapsed` - elapsed real time since a fixed point in the past
4189
4190 For backwards compatibility, this object also behaves like a five-tuple
4191 containing :attr:`user`, :attr:`system`, :attr:`children_user`,
4192 :attr:`children_system`, and :attr:`elapsed` in that order.
4193
4194 See the Unix manual page
Joannah Nanjekye3ccdbc32019-09-07 04:05:29 -03004195 :manpage:`times(2)` and :manpage:`times(3)` manual page on Unix or `the GetProcessTimes MSDN
Roger Hurwitz37c55b22020-02-10 14:50:19 -08004196 <https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/win32/api/processthreadsapi/nf-processthreadsapi-getprocesstimes>`_
4197 on Windows. On Windows, only :attr:`user` and :attr:`system` are known; the other attributes are zero.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004198
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004199 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004200
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004201 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
4202 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
4203 with named attributes.
4204
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004205
4206.. function:: wait()
4207
4208 Wait for completion of a child process, and return a tuple containing its pid
4209 and exit status indication: a 16-bit number, whose low byte is the signal number
4210 that killed the process, and whose high byte is the exit status (if the signal
4211 number is zero); the high bit of the low byte is set if a core file was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004212 produced.
4213
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004214 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4215 exit code.
4216
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004217 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004218
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004219 .. seealso::
4220
4221 :func:`waitpid` can be used to wait for the completion of a specific
4222 child process and has more options.
4223
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004224.. function:: waitid(idtype, id, options)
4225
4226 Wait for the completion of one or more child processes.
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004227 *idtype* can be :data:`P_PID`, :data:`P_PGID`, :data:`P_ALL`, or
4228 :data:`P_PIDFD` on Linux.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004229 *id* specifies the pid to wait on.
4230 *options* is constructed from the ORing of one or more of :data:`WEXITED`,
4231 :data:`WSTOPPED` or :data:`WCONTINUED` and additionally may be ORed with
4232 :data:`WNOHANG` or :data:`WNOWAIT`. The return value is an object
4233 representing the data contained in the :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely:
4234 :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_status`,
4235 :attr:`si_code` or ``None`` if :data:`WNOHANG` is specified and there are no
4236 children in a waitable state.
4237
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004238 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004239
4240 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4241
4242.. data:: P_PID
4243 P_PGID
4244 P_ALL
4245
4246 These are the possible values for *idtype* in :func:`waitid`. They affect
4247 how *id* is interpreted.
4248
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004249 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004250
4251 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4252
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004253.. data:: P_PIDFD
4254
4255 This is a Linux-specific *idtype* that indicates that *id* is a file
4256 descriptor that refers to a process.
4257
4258 .. availability:: Linux 5.4+
4259
4260 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4261
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004262.. data:: WEXITED
4263 WSTOPPED
4264 WNOWAIT
4265
4266 Flags that can be used in *options* in :func:`waitid` that specify what
4267 child signal to wait for.
4268
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004269 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004270
4271 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4272
4273
4274.. data:: CLD_EXITED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004275 CLD_KILLED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004276 CLD_DUMPED
4277 CLD_TRAPPED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004278 CLD_STOPPED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004279 CLD_CONTINUED
4280
4281 These are the possible values for :attr:`si_code` in the result returned by
4282 :func:`waitid`.
4283
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004284 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004285
4286 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4287
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004288 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
4289 Added :data:`CLD_KILLED` and :data:`CLD_STOPPED` values.
4290
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004291
4292.. function:: waitpid(pid, options)
4293
4294 The details of this function differ on Unix and Windows.
4295
4296 On Unix: Wait for completion of a child process given by process id *pid*, and
4297 return a tuple containing its process id and exit status indication (encoded as
4298 for :func:`wait`). The semantics of the call are affected by the value of the
4299 integer *options*, which should be ``0`` for normal operation.
4300
4301 If *pid* is greater than ``0``, :func:`waitpid` requests status information for
4302 that specific process. If *pid* is ``0``, the request is for the status of any
4303 child in the process group of the current process. If *pid* is ``-1``, the
4304 request pertains to any child of the current process. If *pid* is less than
4305 ``-1``, status is requested for any process in the process group ``-pid`` (the
4306 absolute value of *pid*).
4307
Benjamin Peterson4cd6a952008-08-17 20:23:46 +00004308 An :exc:`OSError` is raised with the value of errno when the syscall
4309 returns -1.
4310
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004311 On Windows: Wait for completion of a process given by process handle *pid*, and
4312 return a tuple containing *pid*, and its exit status shifted left by 8 bits
4313 (shifting makes cross-platform use of the function easier). A *pid* less than or
4314 equal to ``0`` has no special meaning on Windows, and raises an exception. The
4315 value of integer *options* has no effect. *pid* can refer to any process whose
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004316 id is known, not necessarily a child process. The :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>`
4317 functions called with :const:`P_NOWAIT` return suitable process handles.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004318
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004319 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4320 exit code.
4321
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004322 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02004323 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004324 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
4325 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
4326
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004327
Ezio Melottiba4d8ed2012-11-23 19:45:52 +02004328.. function:: wait3(options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004329
4330 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except no process id argument is given and a
Serhiy Storchaka3f819ca2018-10-31 02:26:06 +02004331 3-element tuple containing the child's process id, exit status indication,
4332 and resource usage information is returned. Refer to
4333 :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on resource usage
4334 information. The option argument is the same as that provided to
4335 :func:`waitpid` and :func:`wait4`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004336
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004337 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4338 exitcode.
4339
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004340 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004341
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004342
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +01004343.. function:: wait4(pid, options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004344
4345 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except a 3-element tuple, containing the child's
4346 process id, exit status indication, and resource usage information is returned.
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004347 Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on
4348 resource usage information. The arguments to :func:`wait4` are the same
4349 as those provided to :func:`waitpid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004350
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004351 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4352 exitcode.
4353
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004354 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004355
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004356
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004357.. function:: waitstatus_to_exitcode(status)
4358
4359 Convert a wait status to an exit code.
4360
4361 On Unix:
4362
4363 * If the process exited normally (if ``WIFEXITED(status)`` is true),
4364 return the process exit status (return ``WEXITSTATUS(status)``):
4365 result greater than or equal to 0.
4366 * If the process was terminated by a signal (if ``WIFSIGNALED(status)`` is
4367 true), return ``-signum`` where *signum* is the number of the signal that
4368 caused the process to terminate (return ``-WTERMSIG(status)``):
4369 result less than 0.
4370 * Otherwise, raise a :exc:`ValueError`.
4371
4372 On Windows, return *status* shifted right by 8 bits.
4373
4374 On Unix, if the process is being traced or if :func:`waitpid` was called
4375 with :data:`WUNTRACED` option, the caller must first check if
4376 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true. This function must not be called if
4377 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true.
4378
4379 .. seealso::
4380
4381 :func:`WIFEXITED`, :func:`WEXITSTATUS`, :func:`WIFSIGNALED`,
4382 :func:`WTERMSIG`, :func:`WIFSTOPPED`, :func:`WSTOPSIG` functions.
4383
4384 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4385
4386
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004387.. data:: WNOHANG
4388
4389 The option for :func:`waitpid` to return immediately if no child process status
4390 is available immediately. The function returns ``(0, 0)`` in this case.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004391
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004392 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004393
4394
4395.. data:: WCONTINUED
4396
4397 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been continued
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004398 from a job control stop since their status was last reported.
4399
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004400 .. availability:: some Unix systems.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004401
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004402
4403.. data:: WUNTRACED
4404
4405 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been stopped but
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004406 their current state has not been reported since they were stopped.
4407
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004408 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004409
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004410
4411The following functions take a process status code as returned by
4412:func:`system`, :func:`wait`, or :func:`waitpid` as a parameter. They may be
4413used to determine the disposition of a process.
4414
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004415.. function:: WCOREDUMP(status)
4416
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004417 Return ``True`` if a core dump was generated for the process, otherwise
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004418 return ``False``.
4419
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004420 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
4421
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004422 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004423
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004424
4425.. function:: WIFCONTINUED(status)
4426
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004427 Return ``True`` if a stopped child has been resumed by delivery of
4428 :data:`~signal.SIGCONT` (if the process has been continued from a job
4429 control stop), otherwise return ``False``.
4430
4431 See :data:`WCONTINUED` option.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004432
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004433 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004434
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004435
4436.. function:: WIFSTOPPED(status)
4437
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004438 Return ``True`` if the process was stopped by delivery of a signal,
4439 otherwise return ``False``.
4440
4441 :func:`WIFSTOPPED` only returns ``True`` if the :func:`waitpid` call was
4442 done using :data:`WUNTRACED` option or when the process is being traced (see
4443 :manpage:`ptrace(2)`).
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004444
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004445 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004446
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004447.. function:: WIFSIGNALED(status)
4448
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004449 Return ``True`` if the process was terminated by a signal, otherwise return
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004450 ``False``.
4451
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004452 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004453
4454
4455.. function:: WIFEXITED(status)
4456
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004457 Return ``True`` if the process exited terminated normally, that is,
4458 by calling ``exit()`` or ``_exit()``, or by returning from ``main()``;
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004459 otherwise return ``False``.
4460
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004461 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004462
4463
4464.. function:: WEXITSTATUS(status)
4465
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004466 Return the process exit status.
4467
4468 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFEXITED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004469
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004470 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004471
4472
4473.. function:: WSTOPSIG(status)
4474
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004475 Return the signal which caused the process to stop.
4476
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004477 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSTOPPED` is true.
4478
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004479 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004480
4481
4482.. function:: WTERMSIG(status)
4483
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004484 Return the number of the signal that caused the process to terminate.
4485
4486 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004487
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004488 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004489
4490
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004491Interface to the scheduler
4492--------------------------
4493
4494These functions control how a process is allocated CPU time by the operating
4495system. They are only available on some Unix platforms. For more detailed
4496information, consult your Unix manpages.
4497
4498.. versionadded:: 3.3
4499
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004500The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are supported by the
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004501operating system.
4502
4503.. data:: SCHED_OTHER
4504
4505 The default scheduling policy.
4506
4507.. data:: SCHED_BATCH
4508
4509 Scheduling policy for CPU-intensive processes that tries to preserve
4510 interactivity on the rest of the computer.
4511
4512.. data:: SCHED_IDLE
4513
4514 Scheduling policy for extremely low priority background tasks.
4515
4516.. data:: SCHED_SPORADIC
4517
4518 Scheduling policy for sporadic server programs.
4519
4520.. data:: SCHED_FIFO
4521
4522 A First In First Out scheduling policy.
4523
4524.. data:: SCHED_RR
4525
4526 A round-robin scheduling policy.
4527
4528.. data:: SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK
4529
Martin Panter8d56c022016-05-29 04:13:35 +00004530 This flag can be OR'ed with any other scheduling policy. When a process with
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004531 this flag set forks, its child's scheduling policy and priority are reset to
4532 the default.
4533
4534
4535.. class:: sched_param(sched_priority)
4536
4537 This class represents tunable scheduling parameters used in
4538 :func:`sched_setparam`, :func:`sched_setscheduler`, and
4539 :func:`sched_getparam`. It is immutable.
4540
4541 At the moment, there is only one possible parameter:
4542
4543 .. attribute:: sched_priority
4544
4545 The scheduling priority for a scheduling policy.
4546
4547
4548.. function:: sched_get_priority_min(policy)
4549
4550 Get the minimum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4551 scheduling policy constants above.
4552
4553
4554.. function:: sched_get_priority_max(policy)
4555
4556 Get the maximum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4557 scheduling policy constants above.
4558
4559
4560.. function:: sched_setscheduler(pid, policy, param)
4561
4562 Set the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
4563 the calling process. *policy* is one of the scheduling policy constants
4564 above. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4565
4566
4567.. function:: sched_getscheduler(pid)
4568
4569 Return the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0
4570 means the calling process. The result is one of the scheduling policy
4571 constants above.
4572
4573
4574.. function:: sched_setparam(pid, param)
4575
4576 Set a scheduling parameters for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
4577 the calling process. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4578
4579
4580.. function:: sched_getparam(pid)
4581
4582 Return the scheduling parameters as a :class:`sched_param` instance for the
4583 process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4584
4585
4586.. function:: sched_rr_get_interval(pid)
4587
4588 Return the round-robin quantum in seconds for the process with PID *pid*. A
4589 *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4590
4591
4592.. function:: sched_yield()
4593
4594 Voluntarily relinquish the CPU.
4595
4596
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004597.. function:: sched_setaffinity(pid, mask)
4598
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004599 Restrict the process with PID *pid* (or the current process if zero) to a
4600 set of CPUs. *mask* is an iterable of integers representing the set of
4601 CPUs to which the process should be restricted.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004602
4603
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004604.. function:: sched_getaffinity(pid)
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004605
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004606 Return the set of CPUs the process with PID *pid* (or the current process
4607 if zero) is restricted to.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004608
4609
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004610.. _os-path:
4611
4612Miscellaneous System Information
4613--------------------------------
4614
4615
4616.. function:: confstr(name)
4617
4618 Return string-valued system configuration values. *name* specifies the
4619 configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the name of a
4620 defined system value; these names are specified in a number of standards (POSIX,
4621 Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define additional names as well.
4622 The names known to the host operating system are given as the keys of the
4623 ``confstr_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not included in that
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004624 mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004625
4626 If the configuration value specified by *name* isn't defined, ``None`` is
4627 returned.
4628
4629 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
4630 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
4631 included in ``confstr_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
4632 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
4633
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004634 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004635
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004636
4637.. data:: confstr_names
4638
4639 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`confstr` to the integer values
4640 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004641 determine the set of names known to the system.
4642
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004643 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004644
4645
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004646.. function:: cpu_count()
4647
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +03004648 Return the number of CPUs in the system. Returns ``None`` if undetermined.
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004649
Charles-François Natalidc87e4b2015-07-13 21:01:39 +01004650 This number is not equivalent to the number of CPUs the current process can
4651 use. The number of usable CPUs can be obtained with
4652 ``len(os.sched_getaffinity(0))``
4653
4654
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004655 .. versionadded:: 3.4
4656
4657
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004658.. function:: getloadavg()
4659
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +00004660 Return the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over the last
4661 1, 5, and 15 minutes or raises :exc:`OSError` if the load average was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004662 unobtainable.
4663
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004664 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004665
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004666
4667.. function:: sysconf(name)
4668
4669 Return integer-valued system configuration values. If the configuration value
4670 specified by *name* isn't defined, ``-1`` is returned. The comments regarding
4671 the *name* parameter for :func:`confstr` apply here as well; the dictionary that
4672 provides information on the known names is given by ``sysconf_names``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004673
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004674 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004675
4676
4677.. data:: sysconf_names
4678
4679 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`sysconf` to the integer values
4680 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004681 determine the set of names known to the system.
4682
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004683 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004684
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004685The following data values are used to support path manipulation operations. These
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004686are defined for all platforms.
4687
4688Higher-level operations on pathnames are defined in the :mod:`os.path` module.
4689
4690
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004691.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004692.. data:: curdir
4693
4694 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004695 directory. This is ``'.'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4696 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004697
4698
Serhiy Storchakaddb961d2018-10-26 09:00:49 +03004699.. index:: single: ..; in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004700.. data:: pardir
4701
4702 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the parent
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004703 directory. This is ``'..'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4704 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004705
4706
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004707.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
4708.. index:: single: \ (backslash); in pathnames (Windows)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004709.. data:: sep
4710
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004711 The character used by the operating system to separate pathname components.
4712 This is ``'/'`` for POSIX and ``'\\'`` for Windows. Note that knowing this
4713 is not sufficient to be able to parse or concatenate pathnames --- use
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004714 :func:`os.path.split` and :func:`os.path.join` --- but it is occasionally
4715 useful. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4716
4717
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004718.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004719.. data:: altsep
4720
4721 An alternative character used by the operating system to separate pathname
4722 components, or ``None`` if only one separator character exists. This is set to
4723 ``'/'`` on Windows systems where ``sep`` is a backslash. Also available via
4724 :mod:`os.path`.
4725
4726
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004727.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004728.. data:: extsep
4729
4730 The character which separates the base filename from the extension; for example,
4731 the ``'.'`` in :file:`os.py`. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4732
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004733
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004734.. index:: single: : (colon); path separator (POSIX)
4735 single: ; (semicolon)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004736.. data:: pathsep
4737
4738 The character conventionally used by the operating system to separate search
4739 path components (as in :envvar:`PATH`), such as ``':'`` for POSIX or ``';'`` for
4740 Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4741
4742
4743.. data:: defpath
4744
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004745 The default search path used by :func:`exec\*p\* <execl>` and
4746 :func:`spawn\*p\* <spawnl>` if the environment doesn't have a ``'PATH'``
4747 key. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004748
4749
4750.. data:: linesep
4751
4752 The string used to separate (or, rather, terminate) lines on the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004753 platform. This may be a single character, such as ``'\n'`` for POSIX, or
4754 multiple characters, for example, ``'\r\n'`` for Windows. Do not use
4755 *os.linesep* as a line terminator when writing files opened in text mode (the
4756 default); use a single ``'\n'`` instead, on all platforms.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004757
4758
4759.. data:: devnull
4760
Georg Brandl850a9902010-05-21 22:04:32 +00004761 The file path of the null device. For example: ``'/dev/null'`` for
4762 POSIX, ``'nul'`` for Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004763
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004764.. data:: RTLD_LAZY
4765 RTLD_NOW
4766 RTLD_GLOBAL
4767 RTLD_LOCAL
4768 RTLD_NODELETE
4769 RTLD_NOLOAD
4770 RTLD_DEEPBIND
4771
4772 Flags for use with the :func:`~sys.setdlopenflags` and
4773 :func:`~sys.getdlopenflags` functions. See the Unix manual page
4774 :manpage:`dlopen(3)` for what the different flags mean.
4775
4776 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004777
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004778
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004779Random numbers
4780--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004781
4782
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004783.. function:: getrandom(size, flags=0)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004784
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004785 Get up to *size* random bytes. The function can return less bytes than
4786 requested.
4787
4788 These bytes can be used to seed user-space random number generators or for
4789 cryptographic purposes.
4790
4791 ``getrandom()`` relies on entropy gathered from device drivers and other
4792 sources of environmental noise. Unnecessarily reading large quantities of
4793 data will have a negative impact on other users of the ``/dev/random`` and
4794 ``/dev/urandom`` devices.
4795
4796 The flags argument is a bit mask that can contain zero or more of the
4797 following values ORed together: :py:data:`os.GRND_RANDOM` and
4798 :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK`.
4799
4800 See also the `Linux getrandom() manual page
4801 <http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/getrandom.2.html>`_.
4802
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004803 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 and newer.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004804
4805 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4806
4807.. function:: urandom(size)
4808
4809 Return a string of *size* random bytes suitable for cryptographic use.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004810
4811 This function returns random bytes from an OS-specific randomness source. The
4812 returned data should be unpredictable enough for cryptographic applications,
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004813 though its exact quality depends on the OS implementation.
4814
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004815 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall is available, it is used in
4816 blocking mode: block until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized
4817 (128 bits of entropy are collected by the kernel). See the :pep:`524` for
4818 the rationale. On Linux, the :func:`getrandom` function can be used to get
4819 random bytes in non-blocking mode (using the :data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag) or
4820 to poll until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized.
Andrew Svetlov03cb99c2012-10-16 13:15:06 +03004821
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004822 On a Unix-like system, random bytes are read from the ``/dev/urandom``
4823 device. If the ``/dev/urandom`` device is not available or not readable, the
4824 :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception is raised.
4825
4826 On Windows, it will use ``CryptGenRandom()``.
4827
4828 .. seealso::
4829 The :mod:`secrets` module provides higher level functions. For an
4830 easy-to-use interface to the random number generator provided by your
4831 platform, please see :class:`random.SystemRandom`.
4832
4833 .. versionchanged:: 3.6.0
4834 On Linux, ``getrandom()`` is now used in blocking mode to increase the
4835 security.
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004836
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004837 .. versionchanged:: 3.5.2
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004838 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall blocks (the urandom entropy pool
4839 is not initialized yet), fall back on reading ``/dev/urandom``.
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004840
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004841 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
4842 On Linux 3.17 and newer, the ``getrandom()`` syscall is now used
4843 when available. On OpenBSD 5.6 and newer, the C ``getentropy()``
4844 function is now used. These functions avoid the usage of an internal file
4845 descriptor.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004846
4847.. data:: GRND_NONBLOCK
4848
4849 By default, when reading from ``/dev/random``, :func:`getrandom` blocks if
4850 no random bytes are available, and when reading from ``/dev/urandom``, it blocks
4851 if the entropy pool has not yet been initialized.
4852
4853 If the :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag is set, then :func:`getrandom` does not
4854 block in these cases, but instead immediately raises :exc:`BlockingIOError`.
4855
4856 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4857
4858.. data:: GRND_RANDOM
4859
4860 If this bit is set, then random bytes are drawn from the
4861 ``/dev/random`` pool instead of the ``/dev/urandom`` pool.
4862
4863 .. versionadded:: 3.6